WO2023092347A1 - 一种制动系统及装置 - Google Patents

一种制动系统及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023092347A1
WO2023092347A1 PCT/CN2021/132875 CN2021132875W WO2023092347A1 WO 2023092347 A1 WO2023092347 A1 WO 2023092347A1 CN 2021132875 W CN2021132875 W CN 2021132875W WO 2023092347 A1 WO2023092347 A1 WO 2023092347A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ecu
coil
pcb
connection line
redundant
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2021/132875
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张永生
杨维妙
吴锁平
靳彪
阙发松
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP21965085.0A priority Critical patent/EP4427992A4/en
Priority to JP2024531323A priority patent/JP2024541511A/ja
Priority to CN202180007720.9A priority patent/CN116490411A/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2021/132875 priority patent/WO2023092347A1/zh
Publication of WO2023092347A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023092347A1/zh
Priority to US18/672,249 priority patent/US20240359669A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/74—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with electrical assistance or drive
    • B60T13/745—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with electrical assistance or drive acting on a hydraulic system, e.g. a master cylinder
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T8/00—Arrangements for adjusting wheel-braking force to meet varying vehicular or ground-surface conditions, e.g. limiting or varying distribution of braking force
    • B60T8/17—Using electrical or electronic regulation means to control braking
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/12—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid
    • B60T13/14—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid using accumulators or reservoirs fed by pumps
    • B60T13/142—Systems with master cylinder
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/12—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid
    • B60T13/16—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release the fluid being liquid using pumps directly, i.e. without interposition of accumulators or reservoirs
    • B60T13/161—Systems with master cylinder
    • B60T13/162—Master cylinder mechanically coupled with booster
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/66—Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/662—Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems characterised by specified functions of the control system components
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T13/00—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/10—Transmitting braking action from initiating means to ultimate brake actuator with power assistance or drive; Brake systems incorporating such transmitting means, e.g. air-pressure brake systems with fluid assistance, drive, or release
    • B60T13/66—Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems
    • B60T13/68—Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems by electrically-controlled valves
    • B60T13/686—Electrical control in fluid-pressure brake systems by electrically-controlled valves in hydraulic systems or parts thereof
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T17/00—Component parts, details, or accessories of power brake systems not covered by groups B60T8/00, B60T13/00 or B60T15/00, or presenting other characteristic features
    • B60T17/18—Safety devices; Monitoring
    • B60T17/22—Devices for monitoring or checking brake systems; Signal devices
    • B60T17/221—Procedure or apparatus for checking or keeping in a correct functioning condition of brake systems
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T7/00—Brake-action initiating means
    • B60T7/02—Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation
    • B60T7/04—Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation foot actuated
    • B60T7/042—Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation foot actuated by electrical means, e.g. using travel or force sensors
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
    • H02K7/00—Arrangements for handling mechanical energy structurally associated with dynamo-electric machines, e.g. structural association with mechanical driving motors or auxiliary dynamo-electric machines
    • H02K7/10—Structural association with clutches, brakes, gears, pulleys or mechanical starters
    • H02K7/102—Structural association with clutches, brakes, gears, pulleys or mechanical starters with friction brakes
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T2201/00—Particular use of vehicle brake systems; Special systems using also the brakes; Special software modules within the brake system controller
    • B60T2201/02—Active or adaptive cruise control system; Distance control
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T2270/00—Further aspects of brake control systems not otherwise provided for
    • B60T2270/10—ABS control systems
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T2270/00—Further aspects of brake control systems not otherwise provided for
    • B60T2270/20—ASR control systems
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T2270/00—Further aspects of brake control systems not otherwise provided for
    • B60T2270/30—ESP control system
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T2270/00—Further aspects of brake control systems not otherwise provided for
    • B60T2270/40—Failsafe aspects of brake control systems
    • B60T2270/402—Back-up
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T2270/00—Further aspects of brake control systems not otherwise provided for
    • B60T2270/40—Failsafe aspects of brake control systems
    • B60T2270/413—Plausibility monitoring, cross check, redundancy
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60T—VEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T7/00—Brake-action initiating means
    • B60T7/12—Brake-action initiating means for automatic initiation; for initiation not subject to will of driver or passenger

Definitions

  • the application relates to the technical field of braking, and provides a braking system and device.
  • the braking system is one of the most important systems in intelligent transportation equipment, which is related to the safety of drivers and passengers and property safety. For example, when there is an obstacle in front of the intelligent transportation device and brakes are required, if the braking system fails, the intelligent transportation device may hit the obstacle due to failure to brake in time, which will seriously affect the safety of the driver and passengers. It can be seen that it is more important for intelligent transportation equipment to have a safe and reliable braking system.
  • the redundant backup means that when the original braking function fails, the braking can still be achieved by other means.
  • a set of redundant pressure control units and corresponding electronic control units are usually directly added to the braking system.
  • the braking system switches to the Set redundant pressure control unit and electronic control unit to complete redundant backup.
  • this redundant backup method will obviously greatly increase the number of components contained in the braking system, thereby increasing the difficulty of installation and arrangement of the entire vehicle, which is not conducive to reducing the integration complexity of the braking system.
  • the present application provides a braking system to reduce the complexity of adding redundant braking in the braking system.
  • the present application provides a braking system and a device, which are used to reduce the complexity of adding redundancy in the braking system.
  • the present application provides a braking system, including: an oil pot, a master cylinder module, a brake pedal, a push rod, a first pressure control unit, a second pressure control unit, and a first electronic control unit , ECU), the second ECU and the redundant ECU, wherein the brake pedal is connected to the master cylinder module through a push rod, and the oil pot, the master cylinder module, the first pressure control unit and the second pressure control unit are sequentially connected through an oil circuit, and The second pressure control unit is also connected to the braked wheel through an oil circuit.
  • the first ECU is used to control the brake actuator in the first pressure control unit
  • the second ECU is used to control the brake actuator in the second pressure control unit
  • the redundant ECU is used to control at least One brake actuator, and/or, controls at least one brake actuator in the second pressure control unit
  • the first pressure control unit and the second pressure control unit are used in the first ECU, the second ECU and the redundant Under the control of at least one of the ECUs, the braking operation on the braked wheels is completed individually or jointly.
  • At least triple redundant braking has been further realized, and at least triple redundant braking can be adapted to L2-L4 or even higher-level automatic driving systems. It can be seen that the above design can increase the redundant weight of vehicles with at least two redundant brakes by setting as few components as possible, which helps to further improve the brake system on the basis of saving costs and reducing the complexity of the vehicle layout. redundant braking capability.
  • redundant ECU controlling at least one brake actuator in the first pressure control unit: when the first ECU is not failed, use the first ECU to control the brake actuator in the first pressure control unit When the first ECU fails, the redundant ECU is used to control the brake actuator in the first pressure control unit.
  • the brake actuators that the first ECU can control are more than or equal to the brake actuators that the redundant ECU can control, by setting the first ECU as the ECU that takes effect by default, not only can the The braking system has a more comprehensive braking function in the default state, and it can also flexibly switch the braking system to the redundant ECU to continue braking when the default effective ECU fails, which helps to improve the flexibility of redundant control and reliability.
  • the redundant ECU controls at least one brake actuator in the first pressure control unit: under the control of the first ECU or the redundant ECU, the first pressure control unit can For the basic braking operation or automatic emergency braking operation of the braked wheel, the second pressure control unit can complete the anti-lock braking operation, traction control operation or electronic stability control of the braked wheel under the control of the second ECU Under the control of the first ECU and the second ECU, or the redundant ECU and the second ECU, the first pressure control unit and the second pressure control unit can complete the basic braking operation of the braked wheel, automatic emergency Brake operation, anti-lock brake operation, traction control operation, electronic stability control operation, adaptive cruise control operation and additional braking operation.
  • the redundant ECU can independently complete the original braking function of the first pressure control unit, and the redundant ECU can cooperate with the first pressure control unit.
  • the second ECU completes the full braking function of the braking system, effectively maintaining the availability of the braking system.
  • redundant ECU controlling at least one brake actuator in the second pressure control unit: when the second ECU is not failed, use the second ECU to control the brake actuator in the second pressure control unit When the second ECU fails, use the redundant ECU to control the brake actuator in the second pressure control unit.
  • the brake actuators that the second ECU can control are more than or equal to the brake actuators that the redundant ECU can control, by setting the second ECU as the ECU that takes effect by default, not only can the The braking system has a more comprehensive braking function in the default state, and it can also flexibly switch the braking system to the redundant ECU to continue braking when the default effective ECU fails, which helps to improve the flexibility of redundant control and reliability.
  • the first pressure control unit can complete the braking of the braked wheel under the control of the first ECU.
  • Basic braking operation or automatic emergency braking operation the second pressure control unit can complete anti-lock braking operation, traction control operation or electronic stability control operation on the brake wheels under the control of the second ECU or redundant ECU
  • the first pressure control unit and the second pressure control unit can complete the basic brake operation, automatic emergency brake operation, anti- Lock brake operation, traction control operation, electronic stability control operation, adaptive cruise control operation and additional braking operation.
  • the redundant ECU can independently complete the original braking function of the second pressure control unit, and the redundant ECU cooperates with the first braking function.
  • An ECU completes the full braking function of the braking system, effectively maintaining the availability of the braking system.
  • the master cylinder module can be integrated in the first pressure control unit to further improve the integration of the braking system, or it can exist independently of the first pressure control unit to flexibly control the Oil inflow and outflow operations.
  • the brake actuator may include a motor and/or a solenoid valve.
  • the brake actuator may include a motor and/or a solenoid valve.
  • the redundant ECU controlling at least one brake actuator in the first pressure control unit is used as an example to introduce.
  • the scheme of redundant ECU controlling at least one brake actuator in the second pressure control unit can be implemented as a reference. Repeat it again.
  • the first ECU and the redundant ECU can be integrated in any of the following ways:
  • the brake system may also include a first printed circuit board (printed circuit board, PCB), a second PCB and an inter-board connector, and the power in the first ECU and the redundant ECU is greater than the power threshold
  • PCB printed circuit board
  • the first type device is arranged on the first PCB
  • the second type device whose power is not greater than the power threshold in the first ECU and the redundant ECU is arranged on the second PCB
  • the second type device in the ECU on the second PCB is connected through the board-to-board connector.
  • the braking system may also include a support frame, and the first PCB and the second PCB are fixedly connected through the support frame to ensure that the relative positions of the first PCB and the second PCB remain unchanged, and keep the braking process stability.
  • the support frame can be located on the top layer, the second PCB can be located on the bottom layer, the first PCB is located in the middle of the support frame and the second PCB, and a hole is opened on the first PCB, and the support frame is fixed through the opening Connect the first PCB and the second PCB.
  • the side of the second PCB carrying the low-power devices opposite to the first PCB is not shielded, thereby facilitating heat dissipation of the second PCB.
  • the brake system may further include a casing, the support frame, the first PCB and the second PCB are placed in the casing, and at least one end of the support frame is fixed on the casing.
  • the first type device may be arranged on the surface of the first PCB opposite to the supporting frame, and the second type device may be arranged on the surface of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB.
  • the first type device may be arranged on the surface of the first PCB opposite to the supporting frame
  • the second type device may be arranged on the surface of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB.
  • the brake system may also include a valve body, which is used to accommodate the controlled components.
  • the first type of device in any ECU may include a driver of the controlled component.
  • the second type of device in the ECU may include a microcontroller, and the microcontroller in the first ECU and the microcontroller in the redundant ECU are also connected through traces on the second PCB. In this way, not only the communication between the two ECUs can be realized, but also the same controlled component can be driven by the two ECUs, so as to realize joint redundant control of the same controlled component by the two ECUs.
  • the first type of devices in any ECU may include motor drivers and solenoid valve drivers
  • the second type of devices in any ECU Devices can include microcontrollers and interfaces to sensors.
  • the format area of the second PCB is smaller than the format area of the first PCB. In this way, on the basis of enabling the second PCB to sufficiently carry low-power devices, the utilization rate of the format of the second PCB can be improved, and the integration degree of the integrated device can be further improved.
  • the brake system may also include a first PCB, a second PCB and a support frame, the first PCB and the second PCB are fixedly connected through the support frame, and the components in the first ECU are arranged on the first PCB , the devices in the redundant ECU are arranged on the second PCB.
  • the brake system may also include a first PCB, a second PCB and a support frame, the first PCB and the second PCB are fixedly connected through the support frame, and the components in the first ECU are arranged on the first PCB , the devices in the redundant ECU are arranged on the second PCB.
  • the brake system may also include an inter-board connector
  • the devices in any ECU include a microcontroller
  • the microcontroller in the first ECU is connected to the redundant ECU through the inter-board connector.
  • Microcontroller to enable communication between the two ECUs on the two PCBs through an inter-board connector.
  • the brake system may also include a valve body, which is used to accommodate the controlled components.
  • the device in any ECU may also include the driver of the controlled component.
  • the microcontroller in the redundant ECU is connected to the driver of the controlled components in the first ECU through the traces on the first PCB, and the microcontroller in the redundant ECU is connected to the controlled components in the redundant ECU through the traces on the second PCB The drive, so that two ECUs can realize joint redundant control of the same controlled component.
  • the devices in any ECU can also include motor drivers, solenoid valve drivers, and sensor interfaces, so that any ECU can smoothly Receive sensor information, and then rely on the sensor information to accurately drive the motor or solenoid valve.
  • the brake system may further include a casing, the support frame, the first PCB and the second PCB are placed in the casing, and at least one end of the support frame is fixed on the casing.
  • the shell can function as a fixed support frame, so as to improve the stability of the fixed connection of the two PCBs by relying on the firmness of the shell.
  • the support frame can be located on the top layer, the second PCB can be located on the bottom layer, the first PCB is located in the middle of the support frame and the second PCB, and a hole is opened on the first PCB, and the support frame is fixed through the opening Connect the first PCB and the second PCB.
  • the side of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB can be close to the casing, and the heat dissipation area of the second PCB can be increased through the casing, so as to improve the heat dissipation effect of the second PCB.
  • the components in the first ECU are arranged on the surface of the first PCB opposite to the supporting frame, and the components in the redundant ECU are arranged on the surface of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB.
  • the wiring between ECU devices reduces the complexity of integration.
  • the brake system may further include a PCB, and components in the first ECU and components in the redundant ECU are integrated on the PCB.
  • the height of the integrated device can be effectively reduced.
  • this design can also set the interfaces of all related devices on one PCB single board, so all the interfaces of the components and the devices on the PCB can be connected together by one-time crimping, which also helps to simplify Integrated process.
  • the device in any ECU can include a microcontroller, and the microcontroller in the first ECU is connected to the microcontroller in the redundant ECU through the wiring on the PCB, so as to realize the connection between the two ECUs. communication between.
  • the brake system may also include a valve body, which is used to accommodate the controlled components.
  • the device in any ECU may also include the driver of the controlled component, and the ECU The microcontroller is connected to the driver of the controlled component in the ECU through the wiring on the PCB, so that joint redundant control of the same controlled component by two ECUs can be realized.
  • the devices in any ECU can also include the driver of the motor and the interface of the driver of the solenoid valve and the sensor, so that any ECU can smoothly Receive sensor information, and then rely on the sensor information to accurately drive the motor or solenoid valve.
  • the brake system may further include a casing, the support frame and the PCB are placed in the casing, and at least one end of the support frame is fixed on the casing.
  • the shell can function as a fixed support frame, so as to improve the stability of fixing the PCB by relying on the firmness of the shell.
  • the support frame may be located on the top layer, and the PCB may be located on the bottom layer and be close to the lower shell of the housing, so as to increase the heat dissipation area of the PCB through the housing and further improve the heat dissipation effect of the PCB.
  • the components in the first ECU and the components in the redundant ECU are arranged on the side of the PCB opposite to the supporting frame.
  • the devices in the two ECUs can also be connected through the traces provided on the same surface of the PCB, which simplifies the layout of the traces on the PCB and reduces the complexity of integration.
  • the first ECU and the redundant ECU can be connected to the motor or solenoid valve in any of the following ways:
  • the brake actuator includes a motor, and the motor includes three-phase windings.
  • the first ECU and the redundant ECU are respectively connected to the three-phase windings through lines.
  • the first ECU is the default effective ECU
  • the first ECU when the first ECU is not faulty, use the first ECU to provide three-phase alternating current to the three-phase winding
  • the first ECU fails, use the redundant ECU to provide three-phase alternating current to the three-phase winding.
  • the braking system can directly reuse the three-phase windings in the motor to achieve redundant control of the same motor by two ECUs without adding additional windings, so it is not only directly compatible with existing motors, but also Helps save costs.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the three-phase windings during the process of supplying the three-phase alternating current to the three-phase windings.
  • the current on the connection line of any phase winding is less than the threshold, it sends a supplementary instruction to the redundant ECU, and the redundant ECU provides supplementary power to the phase winding through the connection line between the redundant ECU and the phase winding according to the supplementary instruction.
  • the braking system fails in the process of providing electrical signals to a certain winding by one ECU, another ECU can supplement the electrical signal to the winding, while the electrical signals on the other two windings can still be provided by the original ECU. , That is to say, there is no need to switch the electrical signal supply process of all windings to another ECU, so that the accurate supply of three-phase current can be guaranteed on the basis of improving switching stability through a small number of switching operations.
  • the brake system may also include a switch circuit, which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the three-phase winding, and the switch circuit is used for If the first ECU does not fail, turn on the connection between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and disconnect the connection between the redundant ECU and the three-phase winding; if the first ECU fails, turn on the redundant ECU Connect the wires with the three-phase winding, and disconnect the wires between the first ECU and the three-phase winding.
  • a switch circuit which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the three-phase winding, and the switch circuit is used for If the first ECU does not fail, turn on the connection between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and disconnect the connection between the redundant ECU and the three-phase winding; if the first ECU fails, turn on the redundant ECU Connect the wires with
  • the drive link between the ECU and the motor can be cut off through the switching circuit to ensure that the motor only works under the drive of another ECU, effectively Improve the accuracy of redundant control.
  • the first ECU when the current on the connection line with the first phase winding is less than the threshold value, the first ECU can send a supplementary instruction to the redundant ECU on the one hand, and send a first switching instruction to the switching circuit on the other hand, After receiving the first switching instruction, the switching circuit conducts the connection line between the redundant ECU and the first phase winding, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by the redundant ECU is smoothly transmitted to the phase winding of the motor.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the three-phase windings during the process of supplying the three-phase alternating current to the three-phase windings.
  • the current on the connection line of any phase winding is less than the threshold value, it will send a valid instruction to the redundant ECU, and stop providing three-phase AC power to the three-phase winding.
  • the redundant ECU will communicate with the redundant ECU.
  • the connection line of the three-phase winding provides three-phase alternating current to the three-phase winding.
  • the brake system may also include a switch circuit, which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the three-phase winding, and the first ECU is connected to the three-phase winding.
  • a switch circuit which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the three-phase winding, and the first ECU is connected to the three-phase winding.
  • the three-phase AC power provided by the redundant ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the three-phase stator winding of the motor, and the three-phase AC power still provided to the three-phase stator winding due to the failure of the first ECU can be cut off, effectively ensuring the motor drive. accuracy.
  • the brake actuator includes a motor, and the motor includes a first set of three-phase windings and a second set of three-phase windings, the first ECU is connected to the first set of three-phase windings through lines, and the redundant ECU is connected to the second set of three-phase windings through lines.
  • Two sets of three-phase windings if the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default, when the first ECU is not faulty, use the first ECU to provide three-phase AC power to the first set of three-phase windings, when the first ECU fails, use The redundant ECU provides three-phase AC power to the second set of three-phase windings.
  • the electrical signals of each ECU to the corresponding three-phase windings can be used to drive the motor accurately, avoiding the electrical signals of one ECU from affecting the other.
  • the electrical signal of the ECU is causing interference.
  • the first set of three-phase windings and the second set of three-phase windings can be wound on the entire area of the iron core of the motor, but in different directions on the iron core, or, the first set of three-phase windings and the second set of three-phase windings can be wound in different areas of the motor's core, or part of the first set of three-phase windings and the second set of three-phase windings are wound in the same area of the motor's iron core, while the other part The windings are wound around different areas of the motor's core.
  • the first ECU when the first ECU supplies three-phase AC power to the first group of three-phase windings, it can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each phase winding in the first group of three-phase windings , when the current on the connection line with any phase winding is less than the threshold value, send a valid instruction to the redundant ECU, and stop providing three-phase AC power to the first group of three-phase windings, and after receiving the valid instruction, the redundant ECU, Provide three-phase AC power to the second group of three-phase windings through the connection lines between the redundant ECU and the second group of three-phase windings.
  • the brake system may also include a switching circuit, which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of three-phase windings, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the second group of three-phase windings , when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and any phase winding is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send an activation instruction to the redundant ECU, and on the other hand, it can also send a switching instruction to the switching circuit, and the switching circuit receives the switching instruction Finally, the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of three-phase windings can be disconnected, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the second group of three-phase windings can be turned on.
  • a switching circuit which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of three-phase windings, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the second group of three-phase windings , when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and any phase winding is less than the threshold value, on
  • the three-phase AC power provided by the redundant ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the second group of three-phase windings of the motor, and the three-phase AC power still provided to the first group of three-phase windings due to the failure of the first ECU can be cut off , to effectively ensure the accuracy of the motor drive.
  • the brake actuator includes a solenoid valve
  • the solenoid valve includes a double coil.
  • the first ECU and the redundant ECU are respectively connected to the double coil through a line.
  • the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default
  • the first ECU is not faulty
  • use the first ECU to provide direct current to the dual coils
  • the redundant ECU to provide direct current to the dual coils.
  • the design can reuse the dual coils in the solenoid valve to achieve redundant driving of the same solenoid valve by two ECUs without adding additional coils, so it is not only directly compatible with existing solenoid valves, but also Help save costs.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the dual coils during the process of supplying direct current to the dual coils.
  • a supplementary instruction is sent to the redundant ECU, and the redundant ECU provides supplementary electrical signals to the coil through the connection line between the redundant ECU and the coil after receiving the supplementary instruction .
  • the brake system may also include a switching circuit, which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the double coil, and the switching circuit is used for When the first ECU does not fail, turn on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and disconnect the connection line between the redundant ECU and the double coil; when the first ECU fails, turn on the redundant ECU and the double coil connection line, and disconnect the connection line between the first ECU and the dual coil.
  • a switching circuit which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the double coil, and the switching circuit is used for When the first ECU does not fail, turn on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and disconnect the connection line between the redundant ECU and the double coil; when the first ECU fails, turn on the redundant ECU and the double coil connection line, and disconnect the connection line between the first ECU and the dual coil.
  • the switching circuit when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and the first coil is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send a switching instruction to the redundant ECU, and on the other hand, it can also send the first switching instruction to the switching circuit, After the switching circuit receives the first switching instruction, it conducts the connecting line between the redundant ECU and the coil, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by the redundant ECU is smoothly transmitted to the coil of the solenoid valve.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each coil in the dual coils during the process of supplying direct current to the dual coils. When the current on the line is less than the threshold value, it will send an effective instruction to the redundant ECU and stop supplying DC power to the dual coils, and the redundant ECU will send a valid instruction to the dual coils through the connection line between the redundant ECU and the dual coils after receiving the effective instruction.
  • the coil provides direct current. In this way, when a problem occurs in the driving process of one ECU, switching to another ECU for driving in time can avoid using the ECU with a fault to continue driving and maintain the accuracy of driving the solenoid valve.
  • the brake system may also include a switching circuit, the switching circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and the line between the redundant ECU and the double coil, and the first ECU is connected to any
  • the switching circuit can send an activation instruction to the redundant ECU, and on the other hand, it can also send a second switching instruction to the switching circuit, and the switching circuit can, after receiving the second switching instruction, Turn on the connection line between the redundant ECU and the dual coil, and disconnect the connection line between the first ECU and the dual coil.
  • the brake actuator includes a solenoid valve
  • the solenoid valve includes a first positive coil, a second positive coil, and a negative coil
  • the first ECU connects the first positive coil and the negative coil through a line
  • the redundant ECU connects the first positive coil and the negative coil through a line. Connect the second positive coil and negative coil. If the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default, when the first ECU is not faulty, use the first ECU to provide DC power to the first positive coil and negative coil. When the first ECU is faulty , using redundant ECUs to provide DC power to the second positive and negative coils.
  • the first ECU when the first ECU supplies DC power to the first positive coil and the negative coil, it can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil, and the current on the connection line to the negative coil When the current is less than the threshold, a supplementary instruction is sent to the redundant ECU, and after receiving the supplementary instruction, the redundant ECU can provide an electrical signal to the negative coil through the connection line between the redundant ECU and the negative coil.
  • the redundant ECU when one ECU fails to provide electrical signals to the negative coil, another ECU will supplement the electrical signal to the negative coil, while the electrical signal on the first positive coil can still be provided by the original ECU.
  • the braking system may also include a switching circuit, the switching circuit is set in the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil, the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil, and the redundant ECU and the second positive coil.
  • the switching circuit is used to conduct the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil and the first ECU and the negative coil when the first ECU is not in failure.
  • the switching circuit can conduct the connection line between the redundant ECU and the negative coil, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by the redundant ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the negative coil of the solenoid valve.
  • the first ECU when the first ECU supplies DC power to the first positive coil and the negative coil, it can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the first positive coil and the negative coil , when the current on the connection line with any coil is less than the threshold value, send a valid instruction to the redundant ECU, and stop supplying DC power to the first positive coil and negative coil, and the redundant ECU will pass the redundant ECU after receiving the valid instruction.
  • the connection lines between the ECU and the second positive coil and the negative coil provide DC power to the second positive coil and the negative coil.
  • the braking system may also include a switching circuit, the switching circuit is set in the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil, the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil, and the redundant ECU and the second positive coil.
  • the switching circuit On the connection line of the coil and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the negative coil, when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and any coil is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send an activation instruction to the redundant ECU;
  • a second switching instruction can be sent to the switching circuit, and after receiving the second switching instruction, the switching circuit can turn on the connecting line between the redundant ECU and the second positive coil and the connecting line between the redundant ECU and the negative coil, and disconnect The connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil and the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil.
  • the DC power provided by the redundant ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the second group of double coils of the solenoid valve, and at the same time, the DC power still provided to the first group of double coils due to the failure of the first ECU can be cut off to ensure that the electromagnetic Accuracy of valve actuation.
  • the brake actuator includes a solenoid valve
  • the solenoid valve includes a first set of double coils and a second set of double coils
  • the first ECU is connected to the first set of double coils through a line
  • the redundant ECU is connected to the first set of double coils through a line Connect the second group of dual coils
  • the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default.
  • the accurate drive of the solenoid valve can be realized through the electrical signal of each ECU to the corresponding dual coil, avoiding the electrical signal of a certain ECU. An electrical signal from another ECU is causing interference.
  • the first set of double coils and the second set of double coils can be wound on the entire area of the core of the solenoid valve, but in different directions on the core, or the first set of double coils
  • the coils and the second group of double coils can be wound in different areas of the iron core of the solenoid valve, or, part of the coils of the first group of double coils and the second group of double coils are wound in the same area of the iron core of the solenoid valve, Another part of the coil is wound in a different area of the iron core of the solenoid valve.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each coil in the first group of double coils during the process of supplying direct current to the first group of double coils.
  • the current on the connection line with any coil is less than the threshold, it will send a validation instruction to the redundant ECU, and stop supplying DC power to the first group of dual coils, and the redundant ECU can pass the redundant ECU after receiving the validation instruction.
  • the connection line with the second group of double coils provides direct current to the second group of double coils.
  • This design can drive the solenoid valve through the direct current provided by another ECU to another group of double coils when there is a failure in the process of providing electrical signals to a certain group of double coils by one ECU, so as to realize the solenoid valve. Redundant control improves the timeliness of switching at the same time.
  • the braking system may also include a switching circuit, which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first set of double coils, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the second set of double coils , when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and any coil is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send an activation instruction to the redundant ECU, and on the other hand, it can also send a switching instruction to the switching circuit, and the switching circuit receives the switching instruction Finally, the connection lines between the redundant ECU and the second group of dual coils can be turned on, and the connection lines between the first ECU and the first group of dual coils can be disconnected.
  • a switching circuit which is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first set of double coils, and the connection line between the redundant ECU and the second set of double coils , when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and any coil is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send an activation instruction to the redundant ECU, and on the other
  • the DC power provided by the redundant ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the second group of double coils of the solenoid valve, and at the same time, the DC power still provided to the first group of double coils due to the failure of the first ECU can be cut off to ensure Accuracy of solenoid valve actuation.
  • the present application provides an integrated device, including: a first ECU, a second ECU, a first PCB, a second PCB, and an inter-board connector, the first ECU and the second ECU having power greater than the power threshold
  • One type of device is set on the first PCB, the second type of device whose power is not greater than the power threshold in the first ECU and the second ECU is set on the second PCB, and the first type of device in any ECU on the first PCB passes through
  • the inter-board connector connects the second type device in the ECU on the second PCB.
  • the integrated device may further include a support frame, and the first PCB and the second PCB are fixedly connected through the support frame, so as to ensure that the relative positions of the first PCB and the second PCB remain unchanged and maintain the stability of the connection.
  • the support frame can be located on the top layer, the second PCB can be located on the bottom layer, the first PCB is located in the middle of the support frame and the second PCB, and a hole is opened on the first PCB, and the support frame is fixed through the opening Connect the first PCB and the second PCB.
  • the side of the second PCB carrying low-power devices opposite to the first PCB is not shielded, thereby helping to improve the heat dissipation effect of the second PCB.
  • the first type device may be arranged on the surface of the first PCB opposite to the supporting frame, and the second type device may be arranged on the surface of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB.
  • the first type device may be arranged on the surface of the first PCB opposite to the supporting frame
  • the second type device may be arranged on the surface of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB.
  • the integrated device may also include a valve body, which is used to accommodate the controlled components.
  • the first type of device in any ECU may include a driver of the controlled component
  • any ECU The second type device in the circuit board may include a microcontroller, and the microcontroller in the first ECU and the microcontroller in the second ECU may also be connected through wires on the second PCB. In this way, not only the communication between the two ECUs can be realized, but also the same controlled component can be driven by the two ECUs, so as to realize joint redundant control of the same controlled component by the two ECUs.
  • the first type of devices in any ECU may include motor drivers and solenoid valve drivers
  • the second type of devices in any ECU Interfaces to microcontrollers and sensors can be included.
  • the integrated device may further include a housing, the supporting frame, the first PCB and the second PCB are placed in the housing, and at least one end of the supporting frame is fixed on the housing.
  • the format area of the second PCB can be smaller than the format area of the first PCB, in order to improve the utilization rate of the format of the second PCB on the basis of making the second PCB sufficiently carry low-power devices, and further improve integration device integration.
  • the present application provides an integrated device, including: a first ECU, a second ECU, a first PCB, a second PCB and a support frame, the first PCB and the second PCB are fixedly connected through the support frame, and in the first ECU
  • the devices in the second ECU are arranged on the first PCB
  • the devices in the second ECU are arranged on the second PCB.
  • the integrated device may also include an inter-board connector
  • any device in any ECU may include a microcontroller
  • the microcontroller in the first ECU is connected to the device in the second ECU through the inter-board connector.
  • Microcontroller to enable communication between the two ECUs on the two PCBs through an inter-board connector.
  • the integrated device may also include a valve body, which is used to accommodate the controlled components.
  • the device in any ECU may also include the driver of the controlled component.
  • the microcontroller is connected to the driver of the controlled component in the first ECU through the wiring on the first PCB, and the microcontroller in the second ECU is connected to the driver of the controlled component in the second ECU through the wiring on the second PCB. driver, which enables joint redundant control of the same controlled component by two ECUs.
  • the devices in any ECU can also include motor drivers, solenoid valve drivers, and sensor interfaces, so that any ECU can smoothly Receive sensor information, and then rely on the sensor information to accurately drive the motor or solenoid valve.
  • the integrated device may further include a housing, the supporting frame, the first PCB and the second PCB are placed in the housing, and at least one end of the supporting frame is fixed on the housing.
  • the shell can function as a fixed support frame, so as to improve the stability of the fixed connection of the two PCBs by relying on the firmness of the shell.
  • the support frame can be located on the top layer, the second PCB can be located on the bottom layer, the first PCB is located in the middle of the support frame and the second PCB, and a hole is opened on the first PCB, and the support frame is fixed through the opening Connect the first PCB and the second PCB.
  • the side of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB can be close to the casing, and the heat dissipation area of the second PCB can be increased through the casing, so as to improve the heat dissipation effect of the second PCB.
  • the components in the first ECU can be arranged on the surface of the first PCB opposite to the supporting frame, and the components in the second ECU can be arranged on the surface of the second PCB opposite to the first PCB.
  • the devices in the first ECU and the devices in the second ECU on the faces of the first PCB and the second PCB in the same direction, it is also convenient to arrange the devices of the first ECU and the devices of the second ECU in the inter-board connector.
  • the wiring between ECU devices reduces the complexity of integration.
  • the present application provides an integrated device, including: a first ECU, a second ECU, and a PCB, and devices in the first ECU and devices in the second ECU are integrated on the PCB.
  • an integrated device including: a first ECU, a second ECU, and a PCB, and devices in the first ECU and devices in the second ECU are integrated on the PCB.
  • the device in any ECU can include a microcontroller, and the microcontroller in the first ECU can also be connected to the microcontroller in the second ECU through the wiring on the PCB, so as to realize two Communication between ECUs.
  • the integrated device may also include a valve body, which is used to accommodate the controlled components.
  • the device in any ECU may also include the driver of the controlled component, and the micro The controller can also connect the drivers of the controlled components in the ECU through the wiring on the PCB, so that joint redundant control of the same controlled component by two ECUs can be realized.
  • the devices in any ECU can also include the driver of the motor and the interface of the driver of the solenoid valve and the sensor, so that any ECU can smoothly Receive sensor information, and then rely on the sensor information to accurately drive the motor or solenoid valve.
  • the integrated device may further include a housing, the supporting frame and the PCB are placed in the housing, and at least one end of the supporting frame is fixed on the housing.
  • the shell can function as a fixed support frame, so as to improve the stability of fixing the PCB by relying on the firmness of the shell.
  • the support frame may be located on the top layer, and the PCB may be located on the bottom layer and be close to the lower shell of the housing, so as to increase the heat dissipation area of the PCB through the housing and further improve the heat dissipation effect of the PCB.
  • the components in the first ECU and the components in the second ECU can be arranged on the surface of the PCB opposite to the supporting frame.
  • the devices in the two ECUs can also be connected through the traces provided on the same surface of the PCB, which simplifies the layout of the traces on the PCB and reduces the complexity of integration.
  • the present application also provides a brake device, including: a first ECU, a second ECU and a brake actuator, the first ECU and the second ECU are respectively connected to the brake actuators, and are used for driving brakes independently or jointly.
  • Brake actuator in order to realize the redundant control of two ECUs to the same brake actuator.
  • the brake actuator may include a motor, and the motor includes three-phase windings.
  • the first ECU and the second ECU are respectively connected to the three-phase windings through wires.
  • the first ECU is the default effective ECU
  • the first ECU is used to provide three-phase alternating current to the three-phase winding
  • the second ECU is used to provide three-phase alternating current to the three-phase winding.
  • the access control device can directly multiplex the three-phase windings in the motor to achieve redundant control of the same motor by two ECUs without adding additional windings, so it is not only directly compatible with existing motors, Also helps save costs.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the three-phase windings during the process of supplying the three-phase alternating current to the three-phase windings.
  • the current on the connection line of the first phase winding is less than the threshold value, it sends a supplementary instruction to the second ECU, and the second ECU sends a supplementary instruction to the second ECU through the connection line between the second ECU and the first phase winding after receiving the supplementary instruction.
  • a phase winding provides a supplementary electrical signal.
  • the first-phase winding is any one of the three-phase windings.
  • the access control device may also include a switch circuit, the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and the connection line between the second ECU and the three-phase winding, the switch circuit is used for In the case of the first ECU not failing, turn on the connection between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and disconnect the connection between the second ECU and the three-phase winding; in the case of the failure of the first ECU, turn on the second The ECU is connected to the three-phase winding, and the connection between the first ECU and the three-phase winding is disconnected.
  • the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and the connection line between the second ECU and the three-phase winding, the switch circuit is used for In the case of the first ECU not failing, turn on the connection between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and disconnect the connection between the second ECU and the three-phase winding; in the case of the failure of the first ECU, turn
  • the drive link between the ECU and the motor can be cut off through the switching circuit to ensure that the motor only works under the drive of another ECU, effectively Improve the accuracy of redundant control.
  • the switching circuit when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and the first phase winding is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send a supplementary instruction to the second ECU, and on the other hand, it can also send a first switching instruction to the switching circuit , and the switching circuit, after receiving the first switching instruction, can conduct the connection line between the second ECU and the first phase winding, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by the second ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the phase winding of the motor.
  • the first ECU detects the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the three-phase windings during the process of supplying the three-phase alternating current to the three-phase windings.
  • the current on the connection line of any phase winding is less than the threshold value, it will send an effective instruction to the second ECU, and stop providing three-phase AC power to the three-phase winding, and the second ECU will communicate with the three phases through the second ECU after receiving the effective instruction.
  • the connecting lines of the phase windings provide three-phase alternating current to the three-phase windings.
  • the access control device may also include a switch circuit, the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding, and the connection line between the second ECU and the three-phase winding, and the first ECU is connected to the three-phase winding.
  • a second switching instruction is sent to the switching circuit, and the switching circuit can disconnect the connection line between the first ECU and the three-phase winding after receiving the second switching instruction, and Turn on the connecting line between the second ECU and the three-phase winding.
  • the three-phase AC power provided by the second ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the three-phase stator winding of the motor, and the three-phase AC power still provided to the three-phase stator winding due to the failure of the first ECU can be cut off, effectively ensuring the motor drive. accuracy.
  • the brake actuator may include a motor, the motor includes a first set of three-phase windings and a second set of three-phase windings, the first ECU is connected to the first set of three-phase windings through a line, and the second ECU is connected to the first set of three-phase windings through a line.
  • the second group of three-phase windings when the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default, when the first ECU is not faulty, use the first ECU to provide three-phase AC power to the first group of three-phase windings, and when the first ECU fails, use the first ECU
  • the second ECU provides three-phase alternating current to the second group of three-phase windings.
  • the electrical signals of each ECU to the corresponding three-phase windings can be used to drive the motor accurately, avoiding the electrical signals of one ECU from affecting the electrical signals of another ECU.
  • the signal is causing interference.
  • the first set of three-phase windings and the second set of three-phase windings can be wound on the entire area of the iron core of the motor, but in different directions on the iron core, or, the first set of three-phase windings and the second set of three-phase windings can be wound in different areas of the motor's core, or part of the first set of three-phase windings and the second set of three-phase windings are wound in the same area of the motor's iron core, while the other part The windings are wound around different areas of the motor's core.
  • the first ECU detects the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each phase winding in the first group of three-phase windings during the process of supplying the three-phase alternating current to the first group of three-phase windings.
  • the current on the connection line with any phase winding is less than the threshold, it will send an effective instruction to the second ECU, and stop providing three-phase AC power to the first group of three-phase windings, and the second ECU will pass the first set of three-phase AC power after receiving the effective instruction.
  • the connection line between the second ECU and the second group of three-phase windings provides three-phase alternating current to the second group of three-phase windings.
  • the access control device may also include a switch circuit, the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of three-phase windings, and the connection line between the second ECU and the second group of three-phase windings
  • the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of three-phase windings, and the connection line between the second ECU and the second group of three-phase windings
  • the three-phase AC power provided by the second ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the second group of three-phase windings of the motor, and the three-phase AC power still provided to the first group of three-phase windings due to the failure of the first ECU can be cut off , to effectively ensure the accuracy of the motor drive.
  • the brake actuator may include a solenoid valve
  • the solenoid valve includes a double coil
  • the first ECU and the second ECU are respectively connected to the double coil through a line
  • the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default , when the first ECU is not faulty, use the first ECU to provide direct current to the dual coils, and when the first ECU fails, use the second ECU to provide direct current to the dual coils.
  • redundant driving of the same solenoid valve by two ECUs can be realized by multiplexing the dual coils in the solenoid valve without adding additional coils, so it is not only directly compatible with existing solenoid valves , which also helps to save costs.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the dual coils during the process of supplying direct current to the dual coils.
  • the first ECU sends a supplementary instruction to the second ECU, and after receiving the supplementary instruction, the second ECU provides supplementary to the first coil through the connection line between the second ECU and the first coil. electric signal.
  • the first coil is any one of the double coils.
  • the access control device may also include a switch circuit, the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and the connection line between the second ECU and the double coil, and the switch circuit is used for When the first ECU does not fail, turn on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and disconnect the connection line between the second ECU and the double coil; when the first ECU fails, turn on the second ECU and the double coil Turn off the connection line of the coil, and disconnect the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil.
  • the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and the connection line between the second ECU and the double coil, and the switch circuit is used for When the first ECU does not fail, turn on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and disconnect the connection line between the second ECU and the double coil; when the first ECU fails, turn on the second ECU and the double coil Turn off the connection line of the coil, and disconnect the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil.
  • the switching circuit can conduct the connection line between the second ECU and the first coil, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by the second ECU can be successfully supplemented to the first coil of the solenoid valve.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each coil in the dual coils during the process of supplying direct current to the dual coils.
  • the current on the line is less than the threshold value, send an effective instruction to the second ECU, and stop supplying direct current to the double coil, and the second ECU can send a valid instruction to the second ECU through the connection line between the second ECU and the dual coil after receiving the effective instruction.
  • the double coil provides direct current. In this way, when a problem occurs in the driving process of one ECU, switching to another ECU for driving in time can avoid using the ECU with a fault to continue driving and maintain the accuracy of driving the solenoid valve.
  • the access control device may also include a switch circuit, the switch circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the double coil, and the line between the second ECU and the double coil, and the first ECU is connected to the double coil.
  • the switch circuit When the current on the connection line of any coil is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send an effective instruction to the second ECU, and on the other hand, it can also send a second switching instruction to the switching circuit, and after receiving the second switching instruction, the switching circuit, The connection line between the second ECU and the dual coil can be turned on, and the connection line between the first ECU and the dual coil can be disconnected.
  • the brake actuator may include a solenoid valve, the solenoid valve includes a first positive coil, a second positive coil, and a negative coil, the first ECU connects the first positive coil and the negative coil through a line, and the second ECU connects the first positive coil and the negative coil through a line. The line is connected to the second positive coil and negative coil. If the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default, when the first ECU is not faulty, use the first ECU to provide DC power to the first positive coil and negative coil. When the first ECU fails, Use the second ECU to supply DC power to the second positive and negative coils.
  • the first ECU when the first ECU supplies DC power to the first positive coil and the negative coil, it can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil, and the current on the connection line to the negative coil When the current is less than the threshold, a supplementary instruction is sent to the second ECU, and after receiving the supplementary instruction, the second ECU can provide an electrical signal to the second positive coil through the connection line between the second ECU and the second positive coil.
  • another ECU will supplement the electrical signal to the negative coil, while the electrical signal on the first positive coil can still be provided by the original ECU.
  • the access control device may also include a switching circuit, and the switching circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil, the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil, and the connection line between the second ECU and the second On the connection line of the positive coil and the connection line between the second ECU and the negative coil, the switching circuit is used to conduct the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil and between the first ECU and the negative coil when the first ECU is not in failure.
  • connection line of the negative coil and disconnect the connection line between the second ECU and the second positive coil and the connection line between the second ECU and the negative coil, and turn on the second ECU and the second positive coil in the case of failure of the first ECU and the connection line between the second ECU and the negative coil, and disconnect the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil and the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil.
  • the drive link between the ECU and the solenoid valve can be cut off through the switching circuit, ensuring that the solenoid valve only works under the drive of another ECU, effectively improving Accuracy of redundant controls.
  • the switching circuit when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send a supplementary instruction to the second ECU, and on the other hand, it can also send a first switching instruction to the switching circuit , and the switching circuit, after receiving the first switching instruction, can conduct the connection line between the second ECU and the negative coil, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by the second ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the negative coil of the solenoid valve.
  • the first ECU when the first ECU supplies DC power to the first positive coil and the negative coil, it can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each of the first positive coil and the negative coil , when the current on the connection line with any coil is less than the threshold value, send an activation instruction to the second ECU, and stop supplying DC power to the first positive and negative coils, and the second ECU can pass the activation instruction after receiving the activation instruction
  • the connection lines between the second ECU and the second positive and negative coils provide direct current to the second positive and negative coils.
  • the access control device may also include a switching circuit, and the switching circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first positive coil, the connection line between the first ECU and the negative coil, and the connection line between the second ECU and the second On the connection line of the positive coil and the connection line between the second ECU and the negative coil, when the current on the connection line between the first ECU and any coil is less than the threshold value, on the one hand, it can send an activation instruction to the second ECU; It is also possible to send a second switching instruction to the switching circuit, and after receiving the second switching instruction, the switching circuit can conduct the connecting line between the second ECU and the second positive coil and the connecting line between the second ECU and the negative coil, and disconnect the second ECU from the negative coil.
  • the brake actuator may include a solenoid valve, the solenoid valve includes a first set of double coils and a second set of double coils, the first ECU is connected to the first set of double coils through a line, and the second ECU is connected through a The line is connected to the second group of dual coils. If the first ECU is the ECU that takes effect by default, when the first ECU is not faulty, use the first ECU to provide DC power to the first group of dual coils. When the first ECU fails, use the first ECU. The second ECU provides direct current to the second group of dual coils.
  • the accurate drive of the solenoid valve can be realized through the electrical signals of each ECU to the corresponding dual coils, avoiding the electrical signal of one ECU from affecting the other ECU. electrical signals causing interference.
  • the first set of double coils and the second set of double coils can be wound on the entire area of the core of the solenoid valve, but in different directions on the core, or the first set of double coils
  • the coils and the second group of double coils can be wound in different areas of the iron core of the solenoid valve, or, part of the coils of the first group of double coils and the second group of double coils are wound in the same area of the iron core of the solenoid valve, Another part of the coil is wound in a different area of the iron core of the solenoid valve.
  • the first ECU can also detect the current on the connection line between the first ECU and each coil in the first group of double coils during the process of supplying direct current to the first group of double coils.
  • the current on the connection line with any coil is less than the threshold value, send an activation instruction to the second ECU, and stop supplying DC power to the first group of double coils, and the second ECU can pass the second ECU after receiving the activation instruction.
  • the connection line with the second group of double coils provides direct current to the second group of double coils.
  • This design can drive the solenoid valve through the direct current provided by another ECU to another group of double coils when there is a failure in the process of providing electrical signals to a certain group of double coils, so as to realize the solenoid valve. Redundant control improves the timeliness of switching at the same time.
  • the access control device may also include a switching circuit, the switching circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of double coils, and the connection line between the second ECU and the second group of double coils
  • the switching circuit is set on the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of double coils, and the connection line between the second ECU and the second group of double coils
  • the connection line between the second ECU and the second group of double coils can be turned on, and the connection line between the first ECU and the first group of double coils can be disconnected.
  • the DC power provided by the second ECU can be smoothly transmitted to the second group of double coils of the solenoid valve, and at the same time, the DC power still provided to the first group of double coils due to the failure of the first ECU can be cut off to ensure Accuracy of solenoid valve actuation.
  • the present application provides a terminal device, including the braking system described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspects, or including the integrated device described in any one of the above-mentioned second to fourth aspects. , or include the access control device according to any one of the designs of the fifth aspect above.
  • Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a braking system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 2 exemplarily shows a possible product form diagram provided by the embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 3 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a braking system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 4 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another braking system provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 5 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another braking system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another braking system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another braking system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of an integrated device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another integrated device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another integrated device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of an access control device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of two ECUs connected to the same motor provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 13 exemplarily shows a schematic structural view of two ECUs connected to the same solenoid valve provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably.
  • Multiple means two or more.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the following one (s) or more (s) or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (s) or a plurality of items (s).
  • one item (unit) or multiple items (units) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single, It can also be multiple.
  • ordinal numerals such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the priority or importance of multiple objects.
  • first electronic control unit and the second electronic control unit are only used to distinguish different electronic control units, and do not represent the difference in priority or importance of these electronic control units.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a braking system, which can be applied to a terminal device with braking capability.
  • the terminal device can be an intelligent transportation device, including but not limited to automobiles, ships, airplanes, drones, trains, van or truck etc.
  • the braking system can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution-vehicle (LTE-V), vehicle-vehicle (vehicle to vehicle, V2V), etc., especially suitable for self-driving vehicles or assisted driving vehicles.
  • Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of a braking system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the braking system includes an oil pot 130, a master cylinder module 140, a brake pedal 150, Push rod 160, first pressure control unit 111, second pressure control unit 112, first electronic control unit (electronic control unit, ECU) 121, second ECU 122 and redundant ECU 123, brake pedal 150 is connected to the main
  • the cylinder module 140, the oil pot 130, the master cylinder module 140, the first pressure control unit 111 and the second pressure control unit 112 are sequentially connected through an oil circuit, and the second pressure control unit 112 is also connected to the braked wheel through an oil circuit.
  • the first ECU121, the second ECU122 and the redundant ECU123 are components that can support simple sensor data processing and complex logic calculations.
  • the first ECU121 is used to control the brake execution in the first pressure control unit 111
  • the second ECU 122 is used to control the brake actuator in the second pressure control unit 112
  • the redundant ECU 123 is used to control at least one brake actuator in the first pressure control unit 111, and/or, to control the second pressure control unit 111.
  • At least one brake actuator in the pressure control unit 112 while the first pressure control unit 111 and the second pressure control unit 112 can independently Or jointly complete the braking operation to the braked wheel.
  • the redundant ECU 123 may be connected to at least one brake actuator in the first pressure control unit 111 but not connected to the second pressure control unit 112 as shown in FIG. 1(A) or FIG. 1(B) brake actuator, in order to realize the independent brake control of the first pressure control unit 111, also can be connected with at least one of the second pressure control unit 112 as shown in Fig.
  • One brake actuator is not connected to the brake actuator in the first pressure control unit 111, so as to realize the independent brake control of the second pressure control unit 112, and at least one of the first pressure control units 111 can also be connected
  • the brake actuator is also connected to at least one brake actuator in the second pressure control unit 112 to realize combined brake control of the first pressure control unit 111 and the second pressure control unit 112 , which is not specifically limited.
  • the brake actuator may be any device capable of performing an execution function in the brake system, for example, it may include but not limited to a motor or a solenoid valve.
  • the first ECU 121 may control all or part of the brake actuators in the first pressure control unit 111
  • the second ECU 122 may control all or part of the brake actuators in the second pressure control unit 112 .
  • at least one brake actuator controlled by the redundant ECU123 needs to be less than or equal to the brake actuator controlled by the first ECU121. actuators, and/or, less than or equal to the brake actuators controlled by the first ECU 122 .
  • the redundant ECU123 controlling at least one brake actuator in the first pressure control unit 111
  • the redundant ECU123 The controllable motors and solenoid valves can be any of the following: all motors and all solenoid valves in the first pressure control unit 111, all solenoid valves in the first pressure control unit 111 but not including the first pressure control unit 111 all motors in the first pressure control unit 111 but not including the solenoid valves in the first pressure control unit 111, part of the solenoid valves in the first pressure control unit 111 but not including all the first pressure control units 111 Solenoid valve, some motors in the first pressure control unit 111 but not all motors in the first pressure control unit 111 .
  • the motors and solenoid valves that can be controlled by the redundant ECU 123 can be any of the following: The same part of the motor and/or the same part of the solenoid valve, the same part of the solenoid valve in the first pressure control unit 111 but not including the motor in the first pressure control unit 111, the same part of the motor in the first pressure control unit 111 but not including Solenoid valves in the first pressure control unit 111 , part of motors in the same part of motors in the first pressure control unit 111 and/or part of solenoid valves in the same part of solenoid valves in the first pressure control unit 111 , etc.
  • the ECU and the brake actuators that can be controlled, and they will not be listed here.
  • the braking system can select the first ECU 121 as the default effective ECU corresponding to the first pressure control unit 111 . That is to say, in the case of the first ECU 121 not failing, the braking system can use the first ECU 121 to control the first pressure control unit 111, and in the case of the first ECU 121 failing, the braking system can switch to using the redundant The ECU 123 controls the first pressure control unit 111 . In this way, even if the default first ECU fails due to some reasons, the brake system can flexibly switch to the redundant redundant ECU to continue to control the first pressure control unit, which helps to improve the flexibility and reliability of redundant control .
  • the first ECU121 and the redundant ECU123 can communicate through local Internet (local internet, LIN) technology, Flexray network technology or controller area network (controller area network, CAN) technology, etc., and the first ECU121 can A heartbeat message is sent to the redundant ECU 123 according to a preset period, and a timer may be set in the redundant ECU 123, and the duration of the timer is a preset period.
  • a timer may be set in the redundant ECU 123, and the duration of the timer is a preset period.
  • the redundant ECU123 after every time the redundant ECU123 receives a heartbeat message sent by the first ECU121, it can start or restart the timer until the timer expires, if the redundant ECU123 has not received another heartbeat message sent by the redundant ECU121
  • the heartbeat message means that the first ECU121 is abnormal.
  • the redundant ECU123 can determine that the braking of the first ECU121 is invalid, and then the redundant ECU123 can be switched to the effective state, that is, it can be activated according to the driver's stepping instruction or the automatic driving system or auxiliary brake.
  • the instruction of the driving system controls the first pressure control unit 111 to perform braking.
  • the redundant ECU123 receives another heartbeat message sent by the redundant ECU121, it means that the first ECU121 is normal, and the first ECU121 can still implement the braking function, so the redundant ECU123 does not need to switch states. That is, it is still in an invalid state.
  • the first ECU121 and the redundant ECU123 can communicate through LIN technology, Flexray network technology or CAN technology, and the first ECU121 can be provided with a detection circuit, the detection circuit includes a detection resistor, and the detection resistor It is set on the line connecting the first ECU121 to the connected brake actuator.
  • the first ECU121 drives the brake actuator to work, the first ECU121 can also obtain the current value flowing on the detection resistor (for example, the current value can be obtained through a current detector), if the current value is different from the current value in the working state of the component Matching means that the braking of the first ECU 121 is abnormal.
  • the first ECU 121 can send an effective instruction to the redundant ECU 123, so that the redundant ECU 123 can switch to the effective state according to the effective instruction. Conversely, if the current value matches the current value in the working state of the components, it means that the braking of the first ECU121 is normal, the first ECU121 can continue to brake, and the redundant ECU123 can continue to fail.
  • the matching of the current value of the detection resistor and the current value in the working state of the component may mean that the difference between the current value of the detection resistor and the current value in the working state of the component is not greater than a preset difference
  • the threshold, the mismatch between the current value of the detection resistor and the current value in the working state of the component may mean that the difference between the current value of the detection resistor and the current value in the working state of the component is greater than a preset difference threshold.
  • the current value in the working state of the component and the preset difference threshold can be obtained through experimental verification, or can be obtained by those skilled in the art based on experience, and are not specifically limited.
  • the component In a possible way to gain experience, if the component is a normally open solenoid valve, the component will be disconnected when it is energized, and it will be turned on when it is not energized, that is to say, the current value of the component in the working state should be is the current value corresponding to the high level. Based on this, if the first ECU121 supplies power to the component, the current value on the line between the first ECU121 and the component should be the current value corresponding to the high level, but if the current flowing through the detection resistor set on the line If the value is the current value corresponding to the low level, it means that the control process of the component is wrong, so the first ECU121 can send an effective instruction to the redundant ECU123.
  • the current value on the line between the first ECU121 and the component should be the current value corresponding to the low level when the component is powered on, but if the detection resistor set on the line The current value flowing above corresponds to the high level, indicating that the control process of this component is wrong, so the first ECU121 can also send an effective command to the redundant ECU123.
  • a central controller can be provided outside the braking system, and the central controller can communicate with each ECU and sensor in the braking system through LIN technology, Flexray network technology or CAN technology.
  • the central controller when the central controller decides to brake the vehicle according to the driver's stepping instruction or the instruction of the automatic driving system or the auxiliary driving system, it can send a braking instruction to the first ECU121, so that the first ECU121 can be used for vehicle braking. move.
  • the central controller can also collect the sensor data reported by each sensor in the vehicle, and detect the driving state of the vehicle according to the sensor data.
  • the central controller sends The braking instruction to the first ECU 121 indicates that the first ECU 121 fails.
  • the central controller can send a braking instruction to the redundant ECU 123 again, so that the redundant ECU 121 can be used for braking.
  • the central controller can always use the redundant ECU123 for braking until it receives a notification message of self-test and repair from the first ECU121, or detects that the braking system is restarted, and then switches to the default first ECU121 for braking.
  • the central controller may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the central controller can be a general-purpose processor, a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a system on chip (system on chip).
  • chip, SoC can also be a network processor (network processor, NP), can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), can also be Programmable logic device (PLD), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or other integrated chips.
  • PLD Programmable logic device
  • the central controller may include elements or circuits with processing capabilities, such as a central processing unit (central processor unit, CPU), a neural network processing unit (neural-network processing unit, NPU) or a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), as another example, can include application processor (application processor, AP), modem processor, image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), and/or baseband processor, etc., are not specifically limited.
  • a central processing unit central processor unit, CPU
  • NPU neural network processing unit
  • graphics processing unit graphics processing unit
  • application processor application processor
  • modem processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • baseband processor digital signal processor
  • the first two schemes can directly complete the brake switching through the interaction between the first ECU and the redundant ECU, without the need of relaying through the above-mentioned central controller, thereby helping to improve redundancy. Efficiency of residual braking.
  • the third solution can realize the unified management of the effective or invalid state of each ECU by the central controller, which is helpful to improve the standardization of ECU state management.
  • the first ECU121 and the redundant ECU123 may also have other switching modes.
  • the first ECU121 in another switching mode, the first ECU121 is in the When braking, a notification message can also be sent to the redundant ECU123, and after receiving the notification message, the redundant ECU123 can monitor the status information of the sensors related to braking, if the status information and the braking function indicated in the notification message are confirmed If they do not match, the redundant ECU 123 can determine that the braking of the first ECU 121 is invalid, and then the redundant ECU 123 can directly switch to the valid state.
  • first ECU121, the redundant ECU123, and other control units outside the braking system can all be connected through the CAN bus.
  • other control units will send control commands to the CAN bus.
  • Both the first ECU121 and the redundant ECU123 can obtain the control command from the CAN bus, and only the effective ECU will execute the control command, which can ensure that only one ECU in the first ECU121 and the redundant ECU123 brakes at the same time, avoiding duplication Braking problem.
  • the oil pot 130 is a device for storing oil.
  • the oil in the oil pot 130 is drawn out and passes through the gap between the oil pot 130 and the first pressure control unit 111.
  • the oil passage, the oil passage between the first pressure control unit 111 and the second pressure control unit 112, and the oil passage between the second pressure control unit 112 and the braked wheel are applied to the braked wheel to pass to the braked wheel.
  • the braking wheel exerts pressure to realize the braking operation of the braked wheel.
  • the oil previously applied to the braked wheel will pass through the oil circuit between the braked wheel and the second pressure control unit 112, and between the second pressure control unit 112 and the first pressure control unit 111.
  • the oil circuit between the first pressure control unit 111 and the oil pot 130 returns to the oil pot 130, so as to realize the recycling of the oil.
  • the master cylinder module 140 is also called a hydraulic brake master valve, and the master cylinder module 140 can be integrated in the first pressure control unit 111 as shown in FIG. 1(A) or FIG. 1(C) , to further improve system integration, it can also exist independently of the first pressure control unit 111 as shown in FIG. 1(B) or FIG. 1(D), so as to realize flexible control of the master cylinder oil.
  • the master cylinder module 140 may also be connected to other brake actuators in the first pressure control unit 111 through an oil circuit.
  • the master cylinder module 140 , the brake pedal 150 and the pushrod 160 may be used to achieve a driver's pedal feel. For example, taking the structure shown in (B) in FIG.
  • the master cylinder module 140 is a piston cylinder, which stores oil flowing in from the oil pot 130, and when the driver steps on When the pedal 150 is braked, the stepping force will drive the push rod 160 to push the piston rod in the master cylinder module 140 to move, so that the oil in the piston cylinder is pressed into the oil between the master cylinder module 140 and the first pressure control unit 111 Then, it flows into the first pressure control unit 111. In this way, by converting the driver's stepping force on the brake pedal 150 into the power of the oil, the feeling of the driver's foot stepping on the pedal to achieve braking can be maintained.
  • the brake pedal 150 will drive the push rod 160 to move so that the piston rod in the master cylinder module 140 returns to its original position, and then the piston rod that was previously pressed into the master cylinder module 140 and the second
  • the oil in the oil circuit between the first pressure control unit 111 and the oil flowing into the first pressure control unit 111 return to the piston cylinder, so as to maintain the driver's feeling of canceling the brake by canceling the pedal.
  • one or more electromagnetic valves may be provided in the oil circuit inside the first pressure control unit 111 for realizing the driver's pedal feeling, and the states of the one or more electromagnetic valves may be controlled by the first ECU 121 and Any one of the redundant ECUs 123 performs control.
  • the first ECU121 fails, it can also switch to the redundant ECU123 in time to continue to control one or more solenoid valves in the oil circuit, so as to maintain the driver's feeling on the pedal as much as possible under abnormal conditions, and avoid The driver's experience of braking abnormality will cause the driver's sense of panic, and improve the driver's comfort in driving the vehicle.
  • first pressure control unit 111 and the second pressure control unit 112 are generally provided with a motor, and the rotation of the motor in the first pressure control unit 111 can be controlled by any one of the first ECU 121 and the redundant ECU 123 control, or the rotation of the motor in the second pressure control unit 112 may be controlled by any one of the redundant ECU 123 and the redundant ECU 123 . In this way, continuing to take the structure shown in (B) in FIG.
  • the first ECU121 fails, Then it is also possible to switch to the redundant ECU 123 in time to continue to control the motor in the first pressure control unit 111 to rotate in a certain direction, so that the oil fluid (which may be from the brake pedal being stepped on) entering the first pressure control unit 111
  • the oil that is pressed into the first pressure control unit 111 may also be the oil that the first pressure control unit 111 obtains from the oil pot 130 through other oil passages, which is not specifically limited) and is passed through the first pressure control unit under the action of the motor
  • the oil path between 111 and the second pressure control unit 112 flows into the second pressure control unit 112, and then under the action of the second ECU 122 controlling the motor in the second pressure control unit 112 to rotate in a certain direction, the second pressure flow into the second pressure control unit 112
  • the oil in the control unit 112 is then applied to one or more braked wheels connected to
  • the oil previously applied to the braked wheel can flow back to the second pressure The control unit 112, and then in the process of controlling the motor in the first pressure control unit 111 to rotate in another direction by the redundant ECU 123, the oil flowing into the second pressure control unit 112 is controlled by the first pressure control unit 111 and the second pressure control unit 112.
  • the oil circuit between the units 112 returns back to the first pressure control unit 111 in reverse, and then returns to the master cylinder module 140 or the oil pot 130 .
  • one or more solenoid valves can also be provided, and the state of the one or more solenoid valves can be controlled by the first Either one of the one ECU 121 and the redundant ECU 123 performs control.
  • the first ECU121 fails, it can also switch to the redundant ECU123 in time to continue to control one or more solenoid valves in the oil circuit, so that the oil circuit can continue to maintain the oil in the braking process under abnormal conditions. Flow, or continue to maintain the reverse flow of oil in the oil circuit during the cancellation of braking, to achieve redundant braking.
  • the second pressure control unit 112 may be connected to all the braked wheels, or may be connected to some of the braked wheels.
  • the vehicle has four braked wheels, that is, the left front wheel (left front wheel, LFW) (that is, the FL shown in Figure 1 Corresponding wheel), left rear wheel (left rear wheel, LRW) (that is, the wheel corresponding to RL shown in Figure 1), right front wheel (right front wheel, RFW) (that is, the wheel corresponding to FR shown in Figure 1) , right rear wheel (RRW) (that is, the wheel corresponding to RR shown in Figure 1), then the second pressure control unit 112 can be connected one by one with the four braked wheels of the vehicle through the four-way oil circuit .
  • the braking system can select one or more of the connected braked wheels to brake according to the current braking function. All the braked wheels are braked to decelerate the vehicle as soon as possible, and when the function of the traction braking system is realized, only the braked wheels that are currently slipping can be braked to continue driving while reducing the slipping phenomenon.
  • the pressure control unit may also include hydraulic valves and various sensors, such as pressure sensors, flow sensors, and motor position sensors.
  • the above-mentioned ECU may include a solenoid valve driver, a motor driver, various signal processors, control output interfaces, and the like. In this way, during the braking process, the ECU can also receive measurement or detection signals from various sensors, and determine the current environmental conditions, driver input, and braking system status based on these measurement or detection signals, and then calculate the And judge the subsequent braking mode to change or continue to control the braking characteristics of the pressure control unit.
  • FIG. 2 shows a possible product form diagram provided by the embodiment of the present application, in which:
  • FIG. 2 shows a structure diagram of the master cylinder module 140 integrated in the first pressure control unit 121 .
  • the module 1 can be an assembly module integrating the first pressure control unit 111 , the first ECU 121 and the redundant ECU 123 , and the first pressure control unit 111 integrates
  • module 2 is an assembly module integrating the second pressure control unit 112 and the second ECU 122
  • modules 1 and 2 combine the oil pot 130 , the push rod 160 and the brake pedal 150 to form a brake system.
  • the structure is the structure shown in (C) in FIG.
  • the module 1 is an assembly module integrating the first pressure control unit 112 and the first ECU 121
  • the master cylinder module 140 is integrated in the first pressure control unit 112
  • the module 2 is an assembly module integrating the second pressure control unit 111 , the second ECU 122 and the redundant ECU 123
  • the modules 1 and 2 combine the oil pot 130 , the push rod 160 and the brake pedal 150 to form a brake system.
  • FIG. 2 shows a structure diagram in which the master cylinder module 140 exists independently of the first pressure control unit 121 .
  • module 1 is an assembly module integrating the first pressure control unit 111, the first ECU121 and redundant ECU123
  • module 2 is an assembly module integrating the second pressure control unit 112 and the assembly module of the second ECU 122, the module 1 and the module 2 combine the oil pot 130, the master cylinder module 140, the push rod and the brake pedal 150 to form a brake system.
  • the structure is the structure shown in (D) in Fig.
  • module 1 is an assembly module integrated with the second pressure control unit 112 and the first ECU 121
  • module 2 is an assembly module integrated with the first pressure control unit 111
  • the assembly modules of ECU122 and redundant ECU123, module 1 and module 2 combine with oil pot 130, master cylinder module 140, pushrod and brake pedal 150 to form a brake system.
  • the above content is just an example of the same brake actuator corresponding to two ECUs used for control.
  • the same brake actuator can also correspond to three or more ECUs. In this way, Even if the two ECUs corresponding to the brake actuator fail, the brake system can switch to the third ECU to continue driving the brake actuator in time, so as to further improve the redundant braking capability.
  • the above content is only introduced by taking the first pressure control unit 111 corresponding to two ECUs as an example.
  • the second pressure control unit 112 can also correspond to at least two ECUs.
  • the at least two pressure control units in the first embodiment above can realize at least double redundant braking, and the same brake actuator in the same pressure control unit is controlled by at least two ECUs, which is equivalent to at least double redundant braking.
  • At least triple redundant braking is further realized, and at least triple redundant braking can be adapted to L2-L4 or even higher-level automatic driving systems. It can be seen that the first embodiment above can increase the redundant multiplicity of the vehicle with at least two redundant brakes by setting as few components as possible, which helps to further improve the manufacturing efficiency on the basis of saving costs and reducing the complexity of the vehicle layout. redundant braking capability of the braking system.
  • the first pressure control unit 111 and the second pressure control unit 112 can complete the braking function of the braking system independently, or can cooperate to complete the braking function of the braking system, and the first pressure control unit 111 can The completed braking function may be the same as or different from the braking function that can be performed by the second pressure control unit 112 , which is not specifically limited.
  • the braking function of the braking system may include but not limited to one or more of the following functions:
  • BBF Basic braking function
  • Anti-lock brake system Under normal circumstances, when the vehicle brakes in an emergency or brakes on icy and snowy roads, the wheels of the vehicle tend to lock, resulting in an increase in the braking distance of the vehicle. It may even cause the vehicle to lose its steering target. ABS can appropriately reduce the braking force at the wheel tending to be locked according to the locking situation of the wheel, so as to realize the anti-lock function.
  • Traction control system Usually, when the vehicle is driving on icy or snowy roads or one of the wheels of the vehicle is stuck in a muddy road, the wheels will slip and the vehicle cannot run normally. TCS can appropriately reduce the driving force or apply braking force to the slipping wheel according to the slipping situation of the wheel, so as to reduce the phenomenon of wheel slipping and ensure the normal driving of the vehicle.
  • Electronic stability control system electronic stability control system
  • ESC is also called electronic stability program (electronic stability program, ESP), which can receive vehicle information collected by sensors, and judge the instability of the vehicle according to the vehicle information. When it tends to be unstable, apply braking force to a single wheel or part of the wheels to obtain a yaw moment that stabilizes the vehicle and achieve the purpose of stabilizing the vehicle.
  • ESP electronic stability program
  • AEB Automatic emergency braking
  • AEB can detect the distance between the vehicle and the vehicle or obstacle in front during the driving process of the vehicle, and compare the detected distance with the warning distance and the safety distance respectively (the warning distance is greater than the safety distance ), when the detection distance is less than the alarm distance, it will give an alarm prompt, and when the detection distance is less than the safety distance, the vehicle will be automatically braked. In this way, even if the driver has not had time to step on the brake pedal, automatic braking through AEB can also ensure driving safety.
  • Adaptive cruise control refers to a system that adds a control function to maintain a reasonable distance from the vehicle in front of a vehicle that performs cruise control at a set speed. Curve cruise function, driving mode selection function, intelligent cornering function and intelligent speed limit function, etc., and the speed of the vehicle can be controlled through the braking system and drive system to achieve the above functions.
  • VAF refers to the collective name of other braking functions except the above-mentioned braking functions.
  • the main functions include the following points: responding to the control request of ADS/ADAS, providing ABP, AEB, APA , AWB, CDD Stop&Go and VLC and other control interfaces to meet the control requirements of ADS/ADAS for vehicle driving and braking; driving guarantees to ensure driver comfort and safety mainly include AVH, BDW, HAZ, HBA, HDC , HFC, HRB, HSA and other functions, suitable for working conditions such as slope up, downhill, long-term braking and brake disc overheating.
  • the redundant ECU123 is only connected to at least one brake actuator in one pressure control unit as an example, and a specific example is used to introduce the application of the braking system and the above-mentioned braking functions in the embodiment of the present application .
  • Fig. 3 exemplarily shows a specific structural schematic diagram of a braking system provided by an embodiment of the present application before the above redundant braking scheme is applied.
  • the braking system includes an oil pot 130, a first The module and the second module, the oil pot 130 and the first module, and the first module and the second module are all connected through three-way brake oil pipes.
  • the first module integrates the following components: ECU10, motor M1, motor position sensor E1, solenoid valve P1, master cylinder module 140, push rod, brake pedal 150, pedal stroke sensor E2, solenoid valve P2, pedal simulator, electromagnetic Valve P3, master cylinder pressure sensor E3, solenoid valve P4, moving piston cylinder, one-way valve K1, brake circuit pressure sensor E4, solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6, the various components in the first module are shown in Figure 3.
  • the brake oil pipe is connected, and the ECU10 in the first module is connected to all other components in the first module to obtain the state information collected by each sensor in the first module, and to control the motor M1 and all the components in the first module Solenoid valve P1 ⁇ P6.
  • the main function of the first module is the supercharging function, which can realize VAF functions such as BBF and AEB of the vehicle.
  • the following components are integrated in the second module: ECU20, motor M2, one-way pump S1, one-way valve K2, accumulator, solenoid valve P7, solenoid valve P8, solenoid valve P9, solenoid valve P10, solenoid valve P11 , solenoid valve P12, one-way pump S2, one-way valve K3, solenoid valve P13, solenoid valve P14, solenoid valve P15, solenoid valve P16, solenoid valve P17 and solenoid valve P18, each component in the second module is shown in Fig.
  • the schematic brake oil pipe is connected, and the ECU20 in the second module is connected to all other components in the second module for controlling the motor M2 and all the solenoid valves P7-P18 in the second module.
  • the main function of the second module is wheel cylinder pressure control, which can realize functions such as ESC, ABS and TCS of the vehicle.
  • a liquid level sensor can also be integrated in the oil pot 130, and various pressure sensors can also be integrated in the second module.
  • ECU10 and ECU20 communicate through CAN or other communication methods. The embodiment does not specifically limit this.
  • a redundant ECU30 can be designed, and the redundant ECU30 can be applied in any of the following ways, and It can communicate with ECU10 and ECU20 through CAN or other communication methods to obtain a redundant braking solution:
  • FIG. 4 shows a specific structural schematic diagram of a braking system after applying a redundant braking scheme provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the redundant The ECU30 can be applied to the first module, and, in the first module after application, the redundant ECU30 and the original ECU10 are connected to the motor M1 and the solenoid valves P2-P6, and the connection method can refer to the following embodiment three, No specific introduction will be given here.
  • the solenoid valve P1 in the first module is used for quality inspection and has little correlation with the control process of the braking function, the redundant ECU 30 may not be connected to the solenoid valve P1 to reduce the complexity of common connection.
  • the rotation of the motor M1 along the first direction can push the piston rod in the moving piston cylinder to move to the right side of the figure, so that the oil in the moving piston cylinder (the oil is passed through the oil pot 130 and the one-way valve
  • the brake pipeline formed by K1 that flows into the moving piston cylinder is pushed into the solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6, and then flows into the two valves between the first module and the second module through the conducting solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6 Brake oil pipes, and then control the motor M2 and solenoid valves P7-P18 in the second module through the ECU20, so that the oil in the two brake oil pipes is applied to the braked wheels to achieve active acceleration of the braked wheels. pressure.
  • the redundant ECU30 determines the position of the piston in the moving piston cylinder according to the motor position information collected by the motor position sensor E1. After the rod is pushed to the far right in the figure, it is necessary to control the motor M1 to rotate in the second direction, and to control both the solenoid valve P5 and the solenoid valve P6 to be disconnected. In this way, the rotation of the motor M1 along the second direction can drive the piston rod to move to the left in the figure, so that the oil in the oil pot 130 flows into the moving piston cylinder through the brake oil circuit where the one-way valve K1 is located.
  • the pressurization process of the braked wheel is interrupted until it moves to the far left, and the moving piston cylinder is filled with oil again, redundantly.
  • the remaining ECU30 controls the motor M1 and the solenoid valves P5-P6 through the above-mentioned process to continue to pressurize the braked wheels.
  • the brake system shown in Fig. 4 can realize any of the following working modes:
  • ECU10 and the ECU20 cooperate to realize the braking function of the vehicle.
  • ECU10 can maintain the driver's pedal feeling or realize active boosting of braked wheels by controlling the motor M1 and solenoid valves P2-P6 in the first module, and ECU20 can control the motor in the second module M2 and solenoid valves P7 ⁇ P18 to realize the independent control of the wheel cylinder pressure.
  • the brake system can have full functions such as BBF, ABS, TCS, ESC and VAF.
  • the ECU 10 can also realize the quality inspection of the braking system by controlling the solenoid valve P1.
  • the ECU 30 and the ECU 20 cooperate to realize the braking function of the vehicle.
  • the ECU30 can maintain the driver's pedal feeling or realize active boosting of the braked wheels by controlling the motor M1 and the solenoid valves P2-P6 in the first module, and the ECU20 can control the motor in the second module M2 and solenoid valves P7 ⁇ P18 to realize the independent control of the wheel cylinder pressure.
  • the brake system can still have full functions such as BBF, ABS, TCS, ESC and VAF. But because the ECU30 is not connected to the solenoid valve P1, the braking system cannot be inspected.
  • ECU30 In the third working mode, when both ECU10 and ECU20 fail and ECU30 does not fail, ECU30 alone implements the braking function of the vehicle. Since the ECU 30 can control the motor M1 and the solenoid valves P2-P6 in the first module, the active supercharging function is realized. In this case, the braking system can still have VAF functions such as BBF and some AEB, and the VAF functions such as BBF and some AEB can provide at least a deceleration of 0.6g, which can be applied to most emergency braking scenarios. It can be seen that although the original ECU10 and ECU20 in the braking system both fail, resulting in the braking system being unable to provide maximum deceleration, the redundant ECU30 can also ensure the emergency braking requirements of the vehicle in various scenarios.
  • VAF functions such as BBF and some AEB
  • ECU10 can independently implement the braking function of the vehicle.
  • the specific implementation of this solution is the same as the third working mode above, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 5 shows a specific structural schematic diagram of another braking system after applying a redundant braking scheme provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the redundant ECU30 refers to the above-mentioned figure 4, so that the same redundant braking function as that in FIG. 4 can also be realized.
  • the difference between the two braking systems is:
  • the moving piston cylinder in Fig. 4 is a one-way moving piston cylinder
  • the moving piston cylinder in Fig. 5 is a two-way moving piston cylinder.
  • the first module also includes a solenoid valve P19
  • the two-way moving piston cylinder is shown in Fig. Connect the solenoid valve P19 through the brake oil pipe at the position g shown, and then connect the solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6 through the brake oil pipe, and the two-way moving piston cylinder is connected to the one-way valve K1 through the brake oil pipe at the position d shown in the figure.
  • the oil pot 130 is also connected to the oil pot 130 at the position e shown in the figure, and the electromagnetic valve P5 and the solenoid valve P6 are connected through the brake oil line at the position f shown in the figure.
  • the original ECU 10 and the redundant ECU 30 in the first module are connected to the solenoid valve P19 at the same time. In this way, when it is determined to actively pressurize the braked wheel, the redundant ECU30 controls the motor M1 to rotate in the first direction, and controls the solenoid valve P19, solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6 to conduct, and the motor M1 rotates along the first direction.
  • the rotation in the first direction drives the piston rod to move to the right side of the figure.
  • this movement makes the oil in the right cylinder of the two-way moving piston cylinder pass through the position g and push into the solenoid valve P19, and then through the conducting solenoid valve 19 enters the solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6, and then flows into the two brake oil pipes between the first module and the second module through the conductive solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6, and on the other hand makes the oil in the oil pot 130 It flows into the left cylinder block of the double-moving piston cylinder at position e through the brake oil circuit.
  • the redundant ECU30 controls the motor M1 to rotate along the second direction after determining that the piston rod in the two-way movable piston cylinder is pushed to the far right in the figure according to the motor position information collected by the motor position sensor E1, and Control solenoid valve P19, solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6 are all disconnected. In this way, the rotation of the motor M1 along the second direction will drive the piston rod to move towards the left side of the figure.
  • Moving the right cylinder of the piston cylinder makes the oil in the left cylinder of the two-way moving piston cylinder flow out at the position f shown in the figure, and then flows into the solenoid valve P5 and solenoid valve P6 through the brake oil pipe, and then passes through Conducted solenoid valve 5 and solenoid valve P6 flow into the two brake oil lines between the first module and the second module.
  • Fig. 6 shows a specific structural schematic diagram of another braking system after applying a redundant braking scheme provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • redundant The remaining ECU30 can be applied to the second module, and in the second module after application, the redundant ECU30 and the original ECU20 are connected to the solenoid valves P9-P12 and solenoid valves P15-P18, and the connection method can refer to
  • the third embodiment is as follows, and no specific introduction will be made here.
  • the solenoid valve P7 and the solenoid valve P14 in the second module belong to normally open solenoid valves
  • the solenoid valve P8 and solenoid valve P13 belong to normally closed solenoid valves, that is, when the solenoid valves P7, P8, P13 and P14 are not In the case of power on, the oil transmitted from the first module can also be successfully transmitted to the solenoid valves P9, P10, P15 and P16, so the control of the solenoid valves P7, P8, P13 and P14 is related to the braking function
  • the reliability is relatively small, so the redundant ECU 30 may not be connected to the solenoid valves P7, P8, P13 and P14, so as to reduce the complexity of common connection.
  • valve P9, solenoid valve P10, solenoid valve P15 and solenoid valve P16 is controlled so that the solenoid valve connected to the brake wheel that needs to be applied with high pressure has a larger opening, so that the flow into the solenoid valve
  • the oil enters the braked wheel through the solenoid valve as much as possible to realize high-pressure braking of the braked wheel, and to make the solenoid valve connected to the braked wheel that needs to apply low pressure have a smaller opening, so that The oil fluid flowing into the solenoid valve enters the braked wheel through the solenoid valve as little as possible, so as to realize the low-pressure braking of the braked wheel.
  • the on and off of P11, P12, P17 and P18 are controlled so that the electromagnetic valve connected to the braked wheel that needs to apply pressure and brake is conducted, so that the oil in the oil pot 130 can pass through the conduction
  • the solenoid valve enters the braked wheel to realize the pressure building of the braked wheel, and disconnect the solenoid valve connected to the braked wheel that does not need to be pressured, so that the oil in the oil pot 130 can pass through the disconnection.
  • the solenoid valve cannot enter the braked wheel.
  • the redundant ECU 30 can also control the openings of the solenoid valves P11, P12, P17 and P18 so as to control the pressure applied to the braked wheels FL, RR, RL and FR. Please refer to the above content for specific implementation. The introduction will not be repeated here.
  • the redundant ECU30 and the original ECU20 can also be connected to the motor M2 in the second module at the same time, so that when the ECU20 fails, if there is a problem with the oil pot 130 and the ECU10 in the first module, the oil will Liquid can neither enter the second module through the oil pot 130 nor enter the second module through the first module.
  • the redundant ECU30 can still control the rotation of the motor M2 to drive the one-way pump S1 and the one-way pump S2 to work.
  • the oil stored in the accumulator of the second module is sucked into the solenoid valves P9, P10, P15 and P16 through the brake oil pipe and the one-way valve K2, through the redundant
  • the ECU30 controls the openings of the solenoid valves P9, P10, P15 and P16 to realize the independent boost control of each braked wheel.
  • FIG. 7 shows a specific structural schematic diagram of another braking system after applying a redundant braking scheme provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the redundant ECU30 refers to the above-mentioned figure 6, so that the same redundant braking function as that in FIG. 6 can also be realized.
  • the moving piston cylinder in Figure 6 is a one-way moving piston cylinder
  • the moving piston cylinder in Figure 7 is a two-way moving piston cylinder
  • the application scheme in Figure 6 can save a solenoid valve , and can simplify the structural complexity of the moving piston cylinder, which helps to save the cost of redundant design
  • the application scheme in Figure 7 can realize bidirectional continuous pressure building on the braked wheel, which helps to increase the speed of pressure building .
  • the two-way moving piston cylinder and the one-way moving piston cylinder please refer to the above-mentioned Fig. 4 and Fig. 5 directly, and will not repeat them here.
  • redundant ECUs can also be applied in other ways, for example, when the redundant ECU30 is applied in the second module At the same time, the redundant ECU30 and the original ECU20 can also be connected to the motor M2 and all the solenoid valves P7-P18 in the second module at the same time, so as to further realize the redundancy of all the braking functions that the second module can originally realize. Remain.
  • the redundant ECU30 and the original ECU20 can also be connected to the motor M2 and all the solenoid valves P7-P18 in the second module at the same time, so as to further realize the redundancy of all the braking functions that the second module can originally realize. Remain.
  • Remain There are many possible application modes, which will not be listed here.
  • the redundant braking solution in the embodiment of the present application can also be compatible with any existing braking system, including but not limited to braking systems without redundant braking functions, dual redundant braking Functional braking system, and a braking system with triple or more redundant braking functions, for example, can be applied to IPB+RBU configuration or iBooster+ESC, etc.
  • any existing braking system including but not limited to braking systems without redundant braking functions, dual redundant braking Functional braking system, and a braking system with triple or more redundant braking functions, for example, can be applied to IPB+RBU configuration or iBooster+ESC, etc.
  • IPB+RBU configuration IPB+RBU configuration
  • iBooster+ESC iBooster+ESC
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides an integration device, which can integrate at least two ECUs on one or more printed circuit boards (printed circuit board, PCB), and can achieve a higher degree of integration.
  • the integrated device can be applied to terminal equipment, and the terminal equipment can be a smart device, including but not limited to: smart home equipment, such as TV, sweeping robot, smart desk lamp, audio system, smart lighting system, electrical control system, home background music , home theater system, intercom system, video surveillance, etc.; intelligent transportation equipment, such as cars, ships, drones, trains, trucks, trucks, etc.; intelligent manufacturing equipment, such as robots, industrial equipment, intelligent logistics, intelligent factories, etc.
  • the terminal device may also be a computer device, such as a desktop computer, a personal computer, a server, and the like. It should also be understood that the terminal device may also be a portable electronic device, such as a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a handheld computer, an earphone, a stereo, a wearable device (such as a smart watch), a vehicle device, a virtual reality device, an augmented reality device, and the like. Examples of portable electronic devices include, but are not limited to Or portable electronic devices with other operating systems. The aforementioned portable electronic device may also be, for example, a laptop computer (Laptop) with a touch-sensitive surface (such as a touch panel).
  • a laptop computer Layptop
  • a touch-sensitive surface such as a touch panel
  • Fig. 8 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of an integrated device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the integrated device includes ECU1 (ie, the first ECU), ECU2 (ie, the second ECU), PCB1 (ie first PCB), PCB (ie second PCB) and inter-board connectors.
  • the first type of device whose power is greater than the power threshold in ECU1 and ECU2 is set on PCB1
  • the second type of device whose power is not greater than the power threshold in ECU1 and ECU2 is set on PCB2
  • the first in any ECU on PCB1 is also connected to the second type device in the ECU on PCB2 through the inter-board connector, that is, the first type device in the ECU1 on the PCB1 is connected to the second type device in the ECU1 on the PCB2 through the inter-board connector.
  • the first type device in the ECU2 is connected to the second type device in the ECU2 on the PCB2 through the board-to-board connector.
  • the first type of device is referred to as a high-power device below
  • the second type of device is referred to as a low-power device, that is, the "high-power device” that appears hereinafter can be directly replaced with “the first type of device”
  • the "low power device” appearing below can be directly replaced with "second type device”.
  • a low-power device generally has a smaller size and a lower weight than a high-power device. Therefore, the layout area of the PCB2 on which the low-power device is deployed can be set to be larger than that of the PCB1 on which the high-power device is deployed. Small, and the load-bearing capacity of PCB2 deploying low-power devices will be lower than that of PCB1 deploying high-power devices. In this way, by further reducing the area of the PCB2, on the basis of using the PCB2 to carry low-power devices, the utilization rate of the area of the PCB2 can be improved, and the integration degree of the integrated device can be further improved.
  • the integrated device may further include a support frame through which the PCB1 and PCB2 are fixedly connected to ensure that the relative positions of the PCB1 and PCB2 remain unchanged.
  • a support frame through which the PCB1 and PCB2 are fixedly connected to ensure that the relative positions of the PCB1 and PCB2 remain unchanged.
  • there are many ways to fixedly connect PCB1 and PCB2 through the support frame For example, in one example, as shown in FIG. A hole is opened, and the support frame is fixedly connected to PCB1 and PCB2 through the hole. With the deployment scheme in this example, no other boards may be placed on the lower side of the PCB2 carrying the low-power devices, which helps the heat dissipation of PCB2.
  • the support frame can also be located on the last layer, or on the middle layer between PCB1 and PCB2, or the support frame can also be fixedly connected to PCB1 and PCB2 by glue, etc. Holes are opened on the PCB1 to further increase the effective usable area of the PCB1.
  • the openings may be at the positions a1, b1 and c1 shown in FIG. stability.
  • the integrated device may further include a casing, the support frame, PCB1 and PCB2 are placed in the casing, and at least one end of the support frame is fixed on the casing.
  • the heat generated by low-power devices is relatively small, by making PCB2 with integrated low-power devices close to the housing, it is also helpful to increase the heat dissipation area of PCB2 through the housing, and further improve the heat dissipation effect of PCB2 .
  • the high-power device may be arranged on the surface of PCB1 opposite to the supporting frame, and the low-power device may be arranged on the surface of PCB2 opposite to PCB1.
  • the high-power device may be arranged on the surface of PCB1 opposite to the supporting frame
  • the low-power device may be arranged on the surface of PCB2 opposite to PCB1.
  • the integrated device may further include a valve body, which is also called a hybrid combining unit (HCU), for accommodating controlled components.
  • the controlled component may include one or more items of a motor, a solenoid valve, and a sensor as shown in FIG. 8 , and of course may also include other peripheral devices, which are not specifically limited.
  • the high-power devices in each ECU can include drivers for controlled components
  • the low-power devices in each ECU can include microcontrollers
  • the microcontrollers in ECU1 and ECU2 can also The connection is realized through the wiring on the PCB2, so as to realize the communication between the ECU1 and the ECU2, and further realize joint redundant control of the same controlled component by the ECU1 and the ECU2.
  • the first type device in each ECU may include a motor driver and a solenoid valve driver, and the first type device in each ECU
  • the second type of device can include the interface of the microcontroller and the sensor.
  • the microcontroller in each ECU on PCB2 can be connected to the interface of the sensor in the ECU on PCB2 through the trace on PCB2, and through the board
  • the inter-connector connects the driver of the motor in the ECU on the PCB1 and the driver of the solenoid valve
  • the microcontroller in the ECU1 on the PCB2 can also connect the microcontroller in the ECU2 on the PCB2 through the wiring on the PCB2.
  • the sensor may include a motor position sensor, a pressure sensor, and a pedal travel sensor as shown in FIG. 8 , and of course other sensors may also be included, which are not specifically limited.
  • the motor and solenoid valve in the valve body can also be connected to the driver of the motor and the driver of the solenoid valve of each ECU on PCB1 through pin plugging or through the interface point, and the sensor in the valve body can also be connected through After the pins are plugged into the inter-board connector, the interfaces of the sensors of each ECU on the PCB2 are connected through the wiring of the inter-board connector.
  • the support frame can also be arranged on the lower side of the point interface or plug interface of the motor, solenoid valve and sensor, so as to simultaneously support the controlled components while supporting PCB1 and PCB2, so as to maintain The connection stability of the point or plug connection between the controlled part and the device on the PCB.
  • the collected information of the sensor will be synchronously transmitted to the interface of the sensor in ECU1 and the interface of the sensor in ECU2 on PCB2 through the inter-board connector.
  • the collected information received by the interface of the sensor in ECU1 on PCB2 is further transmitted to the microcontroller in ECU1 through the wiring on PCB2, so that the microcontroller in ECU1 Use the collected information to make decisions about the next step of control.
  • the microcontroller in ECU1 on PCB2 can then send the corresponding control message to the driver of the motor in ECU1 on PCB1 through the board-to-board connector, and then the motor’s The driver is transmitted to the corresponding pin of the motor through plug-in or point-connected wiring to drive the motor to rotate.
  • the microcontroller in the ECU1 on the PCB2 can then send the corresponding control message to the driver of the solenoid valve in the ECU1 on the PCB1 through the inter-board connector.
  • the driver of the solenoid valve is transmitted to the corresponding pin of the solenoid valve through the plug-in or point-connected wiring, so as to drive the solenoid valve to be turned on or off.
  • the ECU2 since the ECU2 is not currently used for control, even if the collected information of the sensor can reach the sensor interface of the ECU2, the ECU2 will not receive the collected information, and will not use the sensor information to perform control operations.
  • PCB2 may be provided with a first connector and a second connector, and the microcontroller in ECU1 The microcontroller is connected to other communication units other than the integrated device through the first connector, and the microcontroller in ECU2 is connected to other communication units other than the integrated device through the second connector.
  • the external presentation of the first connector and the second connector may be an interface, and the interface is not limited to USB or Type-C.
  • Fig. 9 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another integrated device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the integrated device includes ECU1 (ie, the first ECU), ECU2 (ie, the second ECU) , PCB1 (that is, the first PCB), PCB2 (that is, the second PCB) and a support frame, and the PCB1 and PCB2 are fixedly connected through the support frame.
  • ECU1 ie, the first ECU
  • ECU2 ie, the second ECU
  • PCB1 that is, the first PCB
  • PCB2 that is, the second PCB
  • the PCB1 and PCB2 are fixedly connected through the support frame.
  • the devices in ECU1 are arranged on PCB1
  • the devices in ECU2 are arranged on PCB2.
  • the integrated device may further include a housing, the supporting frame, PCB1 and PCB2 are placed in the housing, and at least one end of the supporting frame is fixed on the housing.
  • the shell can function as a fixed support frame, so as to improve the stability of fixedly connecting the PCB1 and PCB2 by relying on the stability of the shell.
  • the support frame is located at the top
  • PCB2 is located at the bottom
  • PCB1 is located in the middle of the support frame and PCB2
  • PCB1 has a hole
  • the support frame is fixedly connected to PCB1 and PCB2 through the hole.
  • the openings may exemplarily be at the positions a2, b2 and c3 shown in FIG. 9, so as to improve the accuracy of the fixed connection by equalizing the openings.
  • the bottom side of PCB2 can be close to the housing, so the heat dissipation area of PCB2 can be increased through the housing, and the heat dissipation effect of PCB2 can be further improved.
  • the above arrangement of the support frame, PCB1 and PCB2 in the casing is just an example, and other arrangements of the support frame, PCB1 and PCB2 in the casing may also be adopted.
  • the support frame is located at the top, PCB1 is located at the bottom, and PCB2 is located between the support frame and PCB1.
  • the lower side of PCB2 shown in the figure can be close to the housing, and then can be enlarged through the housing.
  • the heat dissipation area of PCB1 improves the heat dissipation effect of PCB1.
  • PCB1 is located at the top layer
  • PCB2 is located at the bottom layer
  • the support frame is located in the middle of PCB1 and PCB2, so that the upper side of PCB1 and the lower side of PCB2 can be close to the shell Body, and then the heat dissipation area of PCB1 and PCB2 can be increased through the shell, and the heat dissipation effect of PCB1 and PCB2 can be improved.
  • the integrated device can also include an inter-board connector
  • the devices in each ECU can include a microcontroller
  • the microcontroller in ECU1 is connected to the microcontroller in ECU2 through the inter-board connector. controller in order to enable communication between the two ECUs on the two PCBs.
  • the components on ECU1 can be arranged on the surface of PCB1 opposite to the supporting frame, and the components on ECU2 can be arranged on the surface of PCB2 opposite to PCB1.
  • the components on ECU2 can be arranged on the surface of PCB2 opposite to PCB1.
  • the integrated device may further include a valve body, which is also referred to as an HCU, for accommodating the controlled components.
  • the controlled component may include one or more items of a motor, a solenoid valve, and a sensor as shown in FIG. 9 , and of course may also include other peripheral devices, which are not specifically limited.
  • the devices in each ECU can include the driver of the controlled component and the microcontroller
  • the microcontroller in ECU1 can be connected to the driver of the controlled component in ECU1 through the wiring on PCB1
  • the microcontroller in ECU2 The controller can be connected to the driver of the controlled component in ECU2 through the wiring on PCB2, and the microcontroller in ECU1 and the microcontroller in ECU2 can also be connected through the inter-board connector, so that ECU1 and ECU2 can connect to the same controlled component.
  • the devices in each ECU may include a driver for the motor, a driver for the solenoid valve, a microcontroller and an interface for the sensor.
  • the microcontroller in ECU1 on PCB1 can be connected to the motor driver in ECU1 on PCB1, the driver of the solenoid valve and the interface of the sensor through the wiring on PCB1, and the microcontroller in ECU2 on PCB2 can be connected through
  • the wiring on PCB2 connects the motor driver in ECU2 on PCB2, the driver of the solenoid valve and the interface of the sensor, and the microcontroller in ECU1 on PCB1 is also connected to the microcontroller in ECU2 on PCB2 through the board-to-board connector.
  • the sensor may include a motor position sensor, a pressure sensor, and a pedal travel sensor as shown in FIG. 9 , and of course other sensors may also be included, which are not specifically limited.
  • the motor, solenoid valve and sensor in the valve body can also be connected to the driver of the motor of ECU1 on PCB1, the driver of the solenoid valve and the interface of the sensor through pin insertion or through the interface point, and through the pin Connect the motor driver of the ECU2 on the PCB2, the driver of the solenoid valve and the interface of the sensor through the wiring in the inter-board connector after plugging or connecting through the interface point.
  • the support frame can also be arranged on the lower side of the point interface or plug interface of the motor, solenoid valve and sensor, so as to simultaneously support the controlled components while supporting PCB1 and PCB2, so as to maintain The connection stability of the point or plug connection between the controlled part and the device on the PCB.
  • the collected information of the sensor can be transmitted to the interface of the sensor in ECU1 on PCB1 through the pin of the sensor on the one hand, and can be transmitted through the inter-board connector on the other hand Interface for transmission to sensors in ECU2 on PCB2.
  • ECU2 can obtain the collected information received by the sensor interface, and then transmit it to the microcontroller in ECU2 on PCB2 through the wiring on PCB2, and the microcontroller uses the collected information to make decisions. The next step in the way of control.
  • the microcontroller in ECU2 on PCB2 can send the corresponding control message to the driver of the motor in ECU2 on PCB2 through the wiring on PCB2, and then the driver of the motor It is transmitted to the corresponding pin of the motor to drive the motor to rotate.
  • the microcontroller in ECU2 on PCB2 can send the corresponding control message to the driver of the solenoid valve in ECU2 on PCB2 through the wiring on PCB2, and then The driver of the solenoid valve is transmitted to the corresponding pin of the solenoid valve to drive the solenoid valve to be turned on or off.
  • the ECU1 since the ECU1 is not currently used for control, even if the collected information of the sensor can reach the interface of the sensor in the ECU1 on the PCB1, the ECU1 will not receive the collected information, and will not use the sensor information to perform control operations.
  • a first connector may also be provided on PCB1, and the microcontroller in ECU1 can pass through The first connector is connected to other communication units other than the integrated device, so as to realize the communication interaction between ECU1 and other communication units; correspondingly, a second connector may also be provided on PCB2, and the microcontroller in ECU2 is connected through the second connector
  • Other communication units other than the integrated device are used to realize the communication interaction between ECU2 and other communication units.
  • the external presentation of the first connector and the second connector may be an interface, and the interface is not limited to USB or Type-C.
  • Fig. 10 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of another integrated device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the integrated device includes ECU1 (ie, the first ECU), ECU2 (ie, the second ECU) and PCB, the devices in ECU1 and the devices in ECU2 are integrated on the PCB.
  • ECU1 ie, the first ECU
  • ECU2 ie, the second ECU
  • PCB the devices in ECU1 and the devices in ECU2 are integrated on the PCB.
  • this method can also set the interfaces of all related devices on one PCB single board, so all the interfaces of components and devices on the PCB can be connected together by one-time crimping, which also helps to simplify Integrated process.
  • the integrated device may further include a support frame and a housing, the support frame and the PCB are placed in the housing, and at least one end of the support frame is fixed on the housing.
  • the shell can function as a fixed support frame, so as to improve the stability of fixing the PCB by relying on the firmness of the shell.
  • the support frame is located at the topmost layer, and the PCB is located at the bottommost layer and is closely attached to the lower shell of the casing.
  • the lower side of the PCB shown in the figure can be close to the housing, so the heat dissipation area of the PCB can be increased through the housing, and the heat dissipation effect of the PCB can be further improved.
  • the above arrangement of the support frame and the PCB in the casing is just an example, and other arrangements of the support frame and the PCB in the casing may also be adopted.
  • the support frame is located at the lowest layer, and the PCB is located at the top layer.
  • the upper side of the PCB can be close to the housing, so the heat dissipation area of the PCB can also be increased through the housing, and the PCB’s performance can be improved. heat radiation.
  • the devices in each ECU may include a microcontroller, and the microcontroller in ECU1 is connected to the microcontroller in ECU2 through wires on the PCB, so as to realize communication between the two ECUs on the PCB.
  • the devices in ECU1 and the devices in ECU2 can be arranged on the side of the PCB opposite to the supporting frame, so that the devices in ECU1 and ECU2 can also be placed on the same side of the PCB.
  • the set wiring realizes the connection, simplifies the wiring deployment method on the PCB, and reduces the complexity of integration.
  • the integrated device may further include a valve body, which is also referred to as an HCU, for accommodating the controlled components.
  • the controlled component may include one or more items of a motor, a solenoid valve, and a sensor as shown in FIG. 10 , and of course may also include other peripheral devices, which are not specifically limited.
  • the devices in each ECU can include the driver of the controlled component and the microcontroller
  • the microcontroller in ECU1 can be connected to the driver of the controlled component in ECU1 through the traces on the PCB
  • the microcontroller in ECU2 The controller can be connected to the driver of the controlled component in ECU2 through the traces on the PCB, and the microcontroller in ECU1 and the microcontroller in ECU2 can also be connected through the traces on the PCB, so that ECU1 and ECU2 can be connected to the same Joint redundant control of controlled components.
  • the devices in each ECU may include a driver for the motor, a driver for the solenoid valve, a microcontroller and an interface for the sensor.
  • the microcontroller in ECU1 on the PCB can be connected to the motor driver in ECU1 on the PCB, the driver of the solenoid valve, and the sensor interface through the wiring on the PCB, and the microcontroller in ECU2 on the PCB can be connected through
  • the wiring on the PCB is connected to the motor driver in ECU2 on the PCB, the driver of the solenoid valve and the interface of the sensor, and the microcontroller in ECU1 on the PCB is also connected to the microcontroller in ECU2 on the PCB through the wiring on the PCB.
  • the sensor may include a motor position sensor, a pressure sensor, and a pedal stroke sensor as shown in FIG.
  • the motor, solenoid valve and sensor in the valve body can also be connected to the driver of the motor in ECU1 on the PCB, the driver of the solenoid valve and the interface of the sensor, and the interface on the PCB through pin plugging or through the interface point.
  • the driver of the motor in ECU2 the driver of the solenoid valve and the interface of the sensor.
  • the support frame can also be arranged on the lower side of the point interface or plug interface of the motor, solenoid valve and sensor, so as to simultaneously support the controlled components while supporting the PCB, so as to maintain controlled The stability of the connection between the component and the device on the PCB for point or insertion.
  • the collected information of the sensor can be transmitted to the interface of the sensor in ECU1 and the interface of the sensor in ECU2 on the PCB respectively through two pins of the sensor.
  • ECU1 is the ECU currently used for control
  • ECU1 will obtain the collected information received by the interface of its sensor, and transmit it to the microcontroller in ECU1 on the PCB.
  • the microcontroller uses the collected information to decide the next step of control Way.
  • the microcontroller in the ECU1 on the PCB can send the corresponding control message to the driver of the motor in the ECU1 on the PCB through the wiring on the PCB, and then the driver of the motor It is transmitted to the corresponding pin of the motor to drive the motor to rotate.
  • the microcontroller in ECU1 on the PCB can send the corresponding control message to the driver of the solenoid valve in ECU1 on the PCB through the wiring on the PCB, and then The solenoid valve driver transmits to the corresponding pin of the solenoid valve to drive the solenoid valve to be turned on or off.
  • the ECU2 since the ECU2 is not currently used for control, even if the collected information of the sensor can reach the interface of the sensor in the ECU2 on the PCB, the ECU2 will not receive the collected information, and will not use the sensor information to perform control operations.
  • a first connector and a second connector may also be provided on the PCB, and the ECU1
  • the microcontroller in ECU2 is connected to other communication units other than the integrated device through the first connector
  • the microcontroller in ECU2 is connected to other communication units other than the integrated device through the second connector to realize communication interaction with other communication units.
  • the external presentation of the first connector and the second connector may be an interface, and the interface is not limited to USB or Type-C.
  • the height of the integrated device can be dependent on the height of one PCB single board, compared to the one integrated on two PCBs In terms of solution, the height of the integrated device can be effectively reduced.
  • the docking interfaces of all relevant components are set on one single PCB, all the component interfaces in the valve body and the interfaces on the PCB can be connected together by one-time crimping, which also helps to simplify Integrated process.
  • the heat generated by the components on the PCB can be directly transmitted out through the housing. Can have better cooling effect.
  • each ECU1 and EUC2 in FIGS. 8 to 10 are only used to represent a collection of electronic components related to control functions, and do not mean that each ECU is an independent physical device.
  • the components in the above-mentioned integrated device may all be located in one physical device, or each may constitute a separate physical device, or some components may be combined to form a physical device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • each PCB may include other devices besides the devices described above, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 8 to 10 are only introduced as examples where the pins or ports of the controlled components are directly plugged or tapped into the corresponding ECU of the PCB.
  • additional transfer pins can be set in the integrated device, One end of the transfer pin is connected to the component in the corresponding ECU of the PCB, and the other end is connected to the pin or port of the controlled component to achieve smooth communication between the controlled component and the corresponding component in the ECU.
  • Fig. 8 to Fig. 10 only give three possible integration schemes as examples, in other examples, other integration schemes can also be used to integrate two ECUs, for example, three PCBs can also be provided, and the ECU1 The high-power devices are integrated on the first PCB, the high-power devices on ECU2 are integrated on the second PCB, and the low-power devices on ECU1 and ECU2 are integrated on the third PCB.
  • this integration scheme will increase The thickness of the integrated device can further reduce the format area and load bearing of the PCB integrated with high-power devices, and further improve the heat dissipation capacity of the PCB integrated with high-power devices.
  • ECU1 and ECU2 in the second embodiment can correspond to any two of the first ECU, the second ECU and the redundant ECU in the first embodiment.
  • ECU1 and ECU2 in Embodiment 2 may correspond to the first ECU or the second ECU in Embodiment 1
  • ECU2 in Embodiment 2 may correspond to the redundant ECU in Embodiment 1, that is,
  • the integration solution in Embodiment 2 can be applied to the first ECU and redundant ECU in Embodiment 1, or to the second ECU and redundant ECU in Embodiment 1, so that redundancy can be added to the braking system , further increase the integration of the braking system to further reduce the volume of the braking system.
  • valve body is also called the anti-lock brake system (anti-lock brake system, ABS) actuator in the braking system
  • ABS anti-lock brake system
  • the internal housing is used to realize the braking function.
  • Brake actuators and brake-related sensors including but not limited to motors, solenoid valves, motor position sensors, pressure sensors, and pedal stroke sensors.
  • the integration schemes for other brake actuators can be directly realized with reference to the above content, and will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides an access control device, which can connect at least two ECUs to the same brake actuator, and can realize flexible redundant control of the brake actuator.
  • the access control device can be applied to a terminal device with a braking function, and the terminal device can be an intelligent transportation device, such as a car, a ship, a drone, a train, a truck, or a truck.
  • FIG. 11 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of an access control device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the access control device may include ECU1 (ie, the first ECU), ECU2 (ie, the Two ECU) and the brake actuator, ECU1 and ECU2 are respectively connected to the brake actuator, and can realize the independent or joint driving of the brake actuator, that is, the brake actuator can be driven by ECU1 alone, or by Driven by ECU2, it can also be jointly driven by ECU1 and ECU2.
  • one of ECU1 and ECU2 is the ECU that takes effect by default. Assuming ECU1, when ECU1 is not faulty, the access control device uses ECU1 to drive the brake actuator by default. In the case of ECU1 fault , access the control device and then switch to ECU2 to drive the brake actuator, so that the redundant control of the same brake actuator by two ECUs can be realized flexibly and orderly.
  • the brake actuator may be any device capable of implementing a brake execution function, such as may include but not limited to a motor or a solenoid valve.
  • a brake execution function such as may include but not limited to a motor or a solenoid valve.
  • the brake actuator is an electric motor
  • Fig. 12 exemplarily shows a schematic structural view of two ECUs connected to the same motor provided by the embodiment of the present application, wherein the motor includes a rotating shaft, a rotor and a stator, and the rotor includes a rotor winding and a rotor core wound by the rotor winding,
  • the stator includes a stator winding and a stator core wound by the stator winding, and the stator winding is usually a three-phase stator winding.
  • the stator winding in the motor is a three-phase stator winding
  • the motor also includes three pins u, v and w corresponding to the three-phase stator winding
  • Both ECU1 and ECU2 include three-phase AC ports, and the three-phase AC ports of these two ECUs are connected to three pins u, v, and w.
  • the effective ECU of ECU1 and ECU2 can input three-phase AC power to the three pins u, v and w through its own three-phase AC port, while the ineffective ECU does not input three-phase AC power to the three pins u, v and w input three-phase AC.
  • ECU1 when ECU1 is the default effective ECU, when ECU1 is not faulty, ECU1 provides three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding, and when ECU1 fails, ECU2 provides three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding.
  • any two adjacent stator windings in the three-phase stator windings of the motor have a phase difference of 120 degrees
  • the phase difference makes the three-phase stator windings rotate under the action of the three-phase alternating current input by ECU1 or ECU2
  • the magnetic field, the rotating magnetic field cuts the rotor winding, so that an induced current is generated in the rotor winding, and the induced current then forms an electromagnetic torque on the motor shaft, driving the motor to rotate, and the direction of rotation of the motor is the same as that of the rotating magnetic field.
  • This access method can reuse the three-phase windings in the motor without adding additional windings, so it can be directly compatible with existing motors and also helps to save costs.
  • ECU1 can also detect the current on the connection line between ECU1 and each phase winding in the three-phase stator winding (for example, each connection line is provided with a detection resistor, ECU1 monitors each The current flowing through the sense resistor on the connecting line).
  • each connection line is provided with a detection resistor
  • ECU1 monitors each The current flowing through the sense resistor on the connecting line.
  • ECU1 can send a supplementary instruction to ECU2, and ECU2 can provide supplementary electrical signals to the phase winding through the connection line between ECU2 and the phase winding after receiving the supplementary instruction.
  • ECU2 can provide supplementary electrical signals to the phase winding through the connection line between ECU2 and the phase winding after receiving the supplementary instruction.
  • ECU1 can also monitor the urgency of the current braking demand. When the current braking demand suddenly becomes very urgent, it means that the motor needs to be driven urgently. In this case, ECU1 On the one hand, it can continue to provide three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding; on the other hand, it can also send an effective instruction to ECU2, and ECU2 can also provide three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding after receiving the effective instruction. In this way, the three-phase AC power is provided to the motor through the two ECUs, and the driving speed and driving force of the motor can be accelerated through the strong current drive of the two parts of the three-phase AC power.
  • ECU1 can also monitor the change of the three-phase AC power provided, and when it is found that the three-phase AC power provided is much smaller than the three-phase AC power generated, It means that the three-phase AC power sent by ECU1 has more losses during the intermediate transmission process.
  • ECU1 can continue to provide three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding on the one hand, and can also send effective instructions to ECU2 on the other hand.
  • ECU2 can also provide three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding after receiving the effective instruction. In this way, when the three-phase alternating current provided by one ECU is insufficient, the three-phase alternating current is provided to the motor through the two ECUs, so that the driving demand of the motor can be met by two parts of the three-phase alternating current.
  • ECU1 can also detect the current on the connection line between ECU1 and each phase winding in the three-phase stator winding. When the current on the line is less than the threshold, it means that there is a problem in the driving process of ECU1. In this case, ECU1 can stop supplying three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding, and send an effective instruction to ECU2. After receiving the effective instruction, ECU2 can Provide three-phase alternating current to the three-phase stator winding through the connection line between ECU2 and the three-phase stator winding. In this way, when a problem occurs in the driving process of one ECU, switching to another ECU for driving in time can avoid using the ECU with a fault to continue driving and maintain the accuracy of motor driving.
  • any of the above modes can also be modified to obtain other redundant control modes.
  • ECU1 finds that the current braking demand suddenly becomes very urgent, or finds that the three-phase AC power provided by ECU1 is much smaller than the three-phase AC power it sends out, ECU1 can also stop supplying the three-phase stator The winding provides three-phase alternating current, and sends a valid instruction to ECU2, so as to switch to ECU2 to drive the motor in time.
  • redundant driving modes There are many possible redundant driving modes, which will not be listed here.
  • ECU1 and ECU2 will individually or jointly provide electrical signals to the three-phase stator windings according to the above redundant control method, it may also be due to software and hardware abnormalities that some of the actual circuits should not
  • the ECU that provides electrical signals will also provide electrical signals to one or some of the stator windings. In this case, this additionally provided electrical signal will obviously affect the precision of motor control.
  • a switching circuit may also be provided on the line connecting the three pins u, v and w of the ECU1 and the line connecting the three pins u, v and w of the ECU2,
  • the switching circuit may include, for example, a single-pole-single-throw switch, a single-pole-multi-throw switch, or a multi-pole-multi-throw switch.
  • the switching circuit can be used to: when using ECU1 to provide three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding, turn on the connection between ECU1 and three pins u, v and w, and disconnect ECU2 from three pins u, v and The connection of w, and, when using ECU2 to provide three-phase AC power to the three-phase stator winding, turn on the connection between ECU2 and three pins u, v and w, and disconnect ECU1 and three pins u, v and w connection.
  • the drive link between the ECU and the motor can be cut off through the switching circuit to ensure that the motor only works under the drive of another ECU, effectively Improve the accuracy of redundant control.
  • ECU1 when the motor is driven according to the above-mentioned redundant driving mode one, ECU1 can also send a supplementary instruction to ECU2 when it determines that the current on the connection line with a certain phase winding in the three-phase stator winding is less than the threshold value On the other hand, it also sends the first switching instruction to the switching circuit, and after receiving the first switching instruction, the switching circuit can turn on the connection line between ECU2 and the phase winding, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the motor of the phase winding.
  • ECU1 when driving the motor according to the above-mentioned redundant driving method 2, ECU1 can also find that when the current braking demand suddenly becomes very urgent, or when driving the motor according to the above-mentioned redundant driving method 3, ECU1 can also find that When the three-phase alternating current provided is much smaller than the three-phase alternating current sent out, on the one hand, it can send an activation instruction to ECU2, and on the other hand, it can also send a third switching instruction to the switching circuit, and the switching circuit receives the third switching instruction. After the instruction, the connection line between the ECU2 and the three-phase stator winding can be turned on, so that the three-phase alternating current provided by the ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the three-phase stator winding of the motor.
  • ECU1 can also send a message to ECU2 when it detects that the current on the connection line with any phase winding of the three-phase stator winding is less than the threshold value.
  • the switching circuit can also send a second switching instruction to the switching circuit, and after receiving the second switching instruction, the switching circuit can disconnect the connection line between ECU1 and the three-phase stator winding, and turn on ECU2 and the three-phase stator winding In order to make the three-phase AC power provided by ECU2 be smoothly transmitted to the three-phase stator winding of the motor, at the same time cut off the three-phase AC power still provided to the three-phase stator winding due to ECU1 failure, so as to ensure the accuracy of motor drive.
  • the stator windings in the motor may include two sets of three-phase stator windings, and the motor also includes three leads corresponding to the first set of three-phase stator windings.
  • the pins u1, v1, and w1, and the three pins u2, v2, and w2 corresponding to the second group of three-phase stator windings, both ECU1 and ECU2 include three-phase AC ports, and the three-phase AC ports of ECU1 are connected to the first group of three-phase stator windings
  • the three pins u1, v1 and w1 corresponding to the winding, and the three-phase AC port of ECU2 are connected to the three pins u2, v2 and w2 corresponding to the second group of three-phase stator windings.
  • ECU1 and the active ECU among the ECUs can input three-phase AC power to the connected three pins through their own three-phase AC ports. Specifically, if ECU1 is not faulty, ECU1 can pass through Its own three-phase AC port inputs three-phase AC power to the three pins u1, v1 and w1, and the three-phase AC power generates a rotating magnetic field by driving the first group of three-phase stator windings to drive the rotation of the motor shaft; in the case of ECU1 failure , ECU2 can input three-phase AC power to the three pins u2, v2 and w2 through its own three-phase AC port, and the three-phase AC power drives the second set of three-phase stator windings to generate a rotating magnetic field to drive the rotation of the motor shaft.
  • this access method can accurately drive the motor through the electrical signals of each ECU to its corresponding three-phase windings, avoiding the electrical signals of one ECU from affecting the other.
  • the electrical signal of the ECU is causing interference.
  • both sets of three-phase stator windings can be wound on the entire area of the stator core, but the winding directions on the stator core are different, so, no matter which set When the three-phase stator winding is energized, a rotating magnetic field can be generated on the entire area of the stator core.
  • two sets of three-phase stator windings can be wound on different areas of the stator core, for example, the first set of three-phase stator windings and the second set of three-phase stator windings can be respectively wound on two halves of the iron core, while the two The size relationship of the half area is not limited, for example, it may be divided in half, or one side may be larger and the other side may be smaller.
  • part of the windings of the two sets of three-phase stator windings are wound in the same area of the stator core, and the other part of the windings are wound in different areas of the stator core.
  • the three-phase alternating current provided by ECU1 is used as an example for illustration.
  • ECU1 can also detect the connection between ECU1 and the first The current on the connection line of each phase winding in the group of three-phase stator windings.
  • the current on the connection line between ECU1 and a certain phase winding in the first group of three-phase stator windings is less than the threshold value, it means that there is a problem with the electrical signal transmission of ECU1 to the first group of three-phase windings.
  • ECU1 can send ECU2 Send an effective instruction, and after receiving the effective instruction, ECU2 can provide three-phase AC power to the second group of three-phase stator windings through the connection line between ECU2 and the second group of three-phase stator windings. It can be seen that this example can drive the motor through the three-phase AC power provided by another ECU to another set of three-phase stator windings when an ECU fails to provide electrical signals to a certain set of three-phase stator windings and the motor cannot be driven. In order to improve the timeliness of switching while realizing the redundant control of the motor.
  • a switching circuit may also be provided on the line connecting the three pins u1, v1 and w1 of ECU1 and the line connecting the three pins u2, v2 and w2 of ECU2, and the switching circuit may include, for example, a single pole single throw switch, single-pole multi-throw switch or multi-pole multi-throw switch, etc.
  • the switching circuit can be used to: when using ECU1 to provide three-phase AC power to the first group of three-phase stator windings, turn on the connection between ECU1 and three pins u1, v1 and w1, and disconnect ECU2 from three pins u2 , the connection of v2 and w2, and, when using ECU2 to provide three-phase AC power to the second group of three-phase stator windings, turn on the connection between ECU2 and the three pins u2, v2 and w2, and disconnect ECU1 from the three pins The connection of pins u1, v1 and w1.
  • the drive link between the ECU and the motor can be cut off through the switching circuit to ensure that the motor only works under the drive of another ECU, effectively Improve the accuracy of redundant control.
  • ECU1 when ECU1 detects that the current on the connection line with any phase winding in the first group of three-phase stator windings is less than the threshold value, it can send an effective instruction to ECU2 on the one hand, and can also send an effective instruction to ECU2 on the other hand.
  • the switching circuit sends a switching instruction, and after receiving the switching instruction, the switching circuit can disconnect the connection lines between ECU1 and the three pins u1, v1 and w1, and turn on the connection lines between ECU2 and the three pins u2, v2 and w2 , so that the three-phase AC power provided by ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the second group of three-phase stator windings of the motor, and at the same time, the three-phase AC power still provided to the first group of three-phase stator windings due to ECU1 failure is cut off to ensure the motor drive. accuracy.
  • two ECUs can also be connected to the same motor in other ways, for example, in two sets of three-phase stator windings , there may also be one or more windings in one set of three-phase stator windings that are the same as one or more windings in the second set of three-phase stator windings, and the same one or more windings may also correspond to the same one or more One or more pins are connected to one or more ports of the two ECUs at the same time, and the other ports of the two ECUs are connected to the corresponding pins of the individual windings in the corresponding three-phase stator windings.
  • the brake actuator is a solenoid valve
  • Fig. 13 exemplarily shows a schematic structural diagram of two ECUs connected to the same solenoid valve provided by the embodiment of the present application, wherein:
  • the solenoid valve includes a double coil and an iron core wound by the double coil, the double coil is composed of two coils, and the solenoid valve also includes Including the positive pin corresponding to the double coil (that is, the pin corresponding to the symbol "+” shown in the figure) and the negative pin (that is, the pin corresponding to the symbol "-” shown in the figure), the positive pin is connected to One of the coils of the double coil, the negative pin is connected to the other coil of the double coil.
  • Both ECU1 and ECU2 include a positive port and a negative port, the positive ports of ECU1 and ECU2 are respectively connected to the positive pins of the double coil, and the negative ports of ECU1 and ECU2 are respectively connected to the negative pins of the double coil.
  • the active ECUs of ECU1 and ECU2 can input DC power to the positive and negative pins of the dual coil through their own positive and negative ports, while the inactive ECUs do not input DC power to the positive pins of the dual coils. pin and negative pin input DC.
  • ECU1 when ECU1 is not faulty, ECU1 can input DC power to the positive and negative pins of the connected dual coil, and in the case of ECU1 failure, ECU2 can input DC power to the positive pin of the connected dual coil. pin and negative pin input DC.
  • the double coil can generate a magnetic field under the action of the received direct current output by the ECU, and the magnetic field makes the iron core wound by the double coil move.
  • the solenoid valve is a normally open valve (normally open valve refers to If the solenoid valve is turned on by default when it is not energized and disconnected when it is energized), the solenoid valve will be disconnected under the action of the direct current input by the effective ECU.
  • the solenoid valve is a normally closed valve (normally closed The valve refers to the solenoid valve that is turned off by default when it is not powered on and is turned on when it is powered on), then the solenoid valve will be turned on under the action of the direct current input by the effective ECU.
  • This access method can reuse the dual coils in the solenoid valve to realize redundant driving of the same solenoid valve by two ECUs without adding additional coils, so it is not only directly compatible with existing solenoid valves, but also Helps save costs.
  • ECU1 can also detect the current on the connection line between the ECU1 and each coil in the dual coils.
  • the current on the connection line between ECU1 and one of the dual coils is less than the threshold, it means that ECU1 has a problem with the electrical signal transmission of the coil.
  • ECU1 can send supplementary instructions to ECU2, and ECU2 receives After the supplementary instruction, the supplementary electrical signal can be provided to the coil through the connection line between the ECU2 and the coil.
  • ECU1 can also monitor the urgency of the current braking demand. When the current braking demand suddenly becomes very urgent, it means that the solenoid valve needs to be driven urgently. In this case, ECU1 on the one hand It can continue to provide direct current to the dual coils, and on the other hand, it can also send an effective instruction to ECU2, and after receiving the effective instruction, ECU2 can also provide direct current to the dual coils. In this way, the direct current is provided to the solenoid valve through the two ECUs, and the driving speed of the solenoid valve can be accelerated through the strong current drive of the two parts of the direct current.
  • ECU1 can also monitor the change of the DC power provided. When it is found that the DC power provided is much smaller than the DC power emitted, it means that the DC power generated by ECU1 is in the middle. There is more loss in the transmission process. In this case, ECU1 can continue to provide DC power to the dual coils on the one hand, and on the other hand can also send an effective instruction to ECU2. After receiving the effective instruction, ECU2 can also send DC power to the dual coil Provides direct current. In this way, when the direct current provided by one ECU is insufficient, the two ECUs together provide the direct current to the solenoid valve, so that the driving demand of the solenoid valve can be met by two parts of direct current.
  • ECU1 In the process of ECU1 supplying DC power to the dual coils, it can also detect the current on the connection line between ECU1 and each coil in the dual coils, and the current on the connection line with any coil in the dual coils is less than the threshold , it means that there is a problem in the driving process of ECU1. In this case, ECU1 can stop supplying DC power to the double coil and send an effective instruction to ECU2. , to provide direct current to the double coil. In this way, when a problem occurs in the driving process of one ECU, switching to another ECU for driving in time can avoid using the ECU with a fault to continue driving and maintain the accuracy of driving the solenoid valve.
  • any of the above modes can also be modified to obtain other redundant control modes.
  • ECU1 finds that the current braking demand suddenly becomes very urgent, or finds that the DC power provided by ECU1 is much smaller than the DC power it sends out, ECU1 can also stop providing DC power to the dual coils, and Send an effective instruction to ECU2, so as to switch to ECU2 to drive the solenoid valve in time.
  • redundant driving modes There are many possible redundant driving modes, which will not be listed here.
  • a switching circuit can also be provided, and the switching circuit can include a single-pole single-throw switch, a single-pole multi- Throw switch or multi-pole multi-throw switch, etc.
  • the switching circuit can be used to: turn on the connection between ECU1 and the positive and negative pins, and disconnect the connection between ECU2 and the positive and negative pins when using ECU1 to provide DC power to the dual coil, and, When using ECU2 to provide DC power to the dual coil, turn on the connection between ECU2 and the positive and negative pins, and disconnect the connection between ECU1 and the positive and negative pins.
  • ECU1 can also send a supplementary instruction to ECU2 on the one hand when it determines that the current on the connection line with one of the dual coils is less than the threshold value,
  • the first switching instruction is also sent to the switching circuit, and after the switching circuit receives the first switching instruction, the connection line between the ECU2 and the coil can be turned on, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by the ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the solenoid valve. the coil.
  • ECU1 when driving the solenoid valve according to the above-mentioned redundant driving mode 2, ECU1 can also when the current braking demand suddenly becomes very urgent, or when driving the solenoid valve according to the above-mentioned redundant driving mode 3, ECU1 can also When it is found that the provided direct current is much smaller than the sent direct current, on the one hand, an effective instruction can be sent to ECU2, and on the other hand, a third switching instruction can be sent to the switching circuit, and after the switching circuit receives the third switching instruction , the connection line between ECU2 and the double coil can be turned on, so that the direct current provided by ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the double coil of the solenoid valve.
  • ECU1 can also send a validation message to ECU2 when it detects that the current on the connection line with any one of the dual coils is less than the threshold value.
  • the second switching instruction can also be sent to the switching circuit, and after the switching circuit receives the second switching instruction, it can disconnect the connection line between ECU1 and the double coil, and turn on the connection line between ECU2 and the double coil , so that the direct current provided by ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the double coil of the solenoid valve, and at the same time, the direct current still provided to the double coil due to ECU1 failure is cut off, so as to ensure the accuracy of the driving of the solenoid valve.
  • the solenoid valve may include two sets of double coils and an iron core wound by two sets of double coils.
  • the first set of double coils contains The first positive coil and the first negative coil
  • the second set of double coils include the second positive coil and the second negative coil
  • the solenoid valve can also include the first positive pin (the "+" pin at the top of the figure ), the second positive pin (the "+” pin at the bottom of the figure) and the negative pin, the first positive pin is connected to the first positive coil in the first set of double coils, the second positive pin is connected to the second
  • the negative pin is simultaneously connected to the first negative coil in the first set of double coils and the second negative coil in the second set of double coils.
  • Both ECU1 and ECU2 include a positive port and a negative port, the negative port of ECU1 and the negative port of ECU2 are respectively connected to the negative pin of the solenoid valve, the positive port of ECU1 is connected to the first positive pin of the solenoid valve, and the positive port of ECU2 is connected to the solenoid valve the second positive pin.
  • the active ECU in ECU1 and ECU2 can input direct current to the corresponding positive pin of the solenoid valve and the negative pin of the solenoid valve through its positive port and negative port, while the non-active ECU There is no direct current input to the other positive and negative pins of the solenoid valve.
  • ECU1 when ECU1 is not faulty, ECU1 can input DC power to the first positive pin and negative pin, so that the first set of dual coils can generate a magnetic field under the action of the DC output from ECU1, and this magnetic field makes The iron core wound by the double coil moves, and then the solenoid valve belonging to the normally open valve is turned off after being energized, or the solenoid valve belonging to the normally closed valve is turned on after being energized.
  • ECU2 can input DC power to the second positive pin and negative pin, so that the second group of dual coils can generate a magnetic field under the action of the DC output from ECU2, and the magnetic field makes the dual coils
  • the wound iron core moves, and then the solenoid valve belonging to the normally open valve is turned off after being energized, or the solenoid valve belonging to the normally closed valve is turned on after being energized.
  • this connection method by multiplexing the negative coil in the solenoid valve and separately setting the positive coil corresponding to each ECU, it can not only reduce the complexity of the solenoid valve setting, save costs, but also reduce the power consumption of an ECU as much as possible. Signal interference to another ECU driver.
  • the first negative pole coil and the second negative pole coil can also be set to the same coil, collectively referred to as the negative coil, so that two ECUs can be connected to the same solenoid valve, and the number of coils can be saved, which helps to achieve redundant control on the basis of cost savings.
  • ECU1 In the process of ECU1 supplying direct current to the first group of dual coils, it can also detect the current on the connection line between ECU1 and the negative coil. When the current on the connection line between ECU1 and the negative coil is less than the threshold, it means that there is a problem with the electrical signal transmission of ECU1 to the negative coil. In this case, ECU1 can send a supplementary instruction to ECU2, and ECU2 can pass through after receiving the supplementary instruction The connection line between ECU2 and the negative coil provides supplementary electrical signals to the negative coil.
  • ECU1 In the process of ECU1 supplying direct current to the first group of dual coils, it can also detect the current on the connection line between ECU1 and the first positive coil and negative coil. When the current on the connection line with any coil is less than the threshold value, it means There is a problem in the driving process of ECU1. In this case, ECU1 can stop providing DC power to the first set of double coils and send an effective instruction to ECU2. After receiving the effective instruction, ECU2 can communicate with the second set of double coils through ECU2. The connection line to provide DC power to the second set of double coils. In this way, when a problem occurs in the driving process of one ECU, switching to another ECU for driving in time can avoid using the ECU with a fault to continue driving and maintain the accuracy of driving the solenoid valve.
  • a switching circuit may also be provided, and the switching circuit may include, for example, a single pole single throw switch, a single pole multiple Throw switch or multi-pole multi-throw switch, etc.
  • the switching circuit can be used to: when using ECU1 to provide DC power to the first set of dual coils, turn on the connection between ECU1 and the first positive coil and negative coil, and disconnect the connection between ECU2 and the second positive coil and negative coil , and, when using ECU2 to provide direct current to the second group of dual coils, turn on the connection between ECU2 and the second positive coil and negative coil, and disconnect the connection between ECU1 and the first positive coil and negative coil.
  • the drive link between the ECU and the solenoid valve can be cut off through the switching circuit, ensuring that the solenoid valve only works under the drive of another ECU, effectively improving Accuracy of redundant controls.
  • ECU1 can also send a supplementary instruction to ECU2 on the one hand, and also send a supplementary instruction to the switching
  • the circuit sends the first switching instruction, and after receiving the first switching instruction, the switching circuit can turn on the connection line between ECU2 and the positive coil, so that the supplementary electrical signal provided by ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the negative coil of the solenoid valve.
  • the ECU1 when the electromagnetic valve is driven according to the second redundant driving mode, the ECU1 can also, on the one hand, send ECU2 sends an effective instruction, on the other hand, it can also send a second switching instruction to the switching circuit, and after the switching circuit receives the second switching instruction, it can disconnect the connection line between ECU1 and the first group of double coils, and turn on ECU2 and The connection line of the second group of double coils, so that the direct current provided by ECU2 can be smoothly transmitted to the second group of double coils of the solenoid valve, and at the same time cut off the direct current still provided to the first group of double coils due to ECU1 failure, so as to ensure Accuracy of solenoid valve actuation.
  • the solenoid valve may also include a first negative coil, a second negative coil and a positive coil, ECU1 is connected to the positive coil and the first negative coil, and ECU2 is connected to the positive coil and the second negative coil, so that By means of common positive coils, redundant control is realized while reducing the number of coils.
  • the specific redundancy implementation process can directly refer to the redundancy implementation manner of the above-mentioned common negative coil, and will not be repeated here.
  • the solenoid valve includes two sets of double coils and an iron core wound by two sets of double coils, and the first set of double coils includes the first set of double coils One positive coil and the first negative coil, the second set of double coils includes the second positive coil and the second negative coil, the solenoid valve can also include two positive pins and two negative pins, one of the positive pins One negative pole pin is connected to the first positive pole coil and the first negative pole coil, and the other positive pole pin and the other negative pole pin are connected to the second positive pole coil and the second negative pole coil.
  • Both ECU1 and ECU2 include positive and negative ports.
  • the positive and negative ports of ECU1 are connected to the positive and negative pins corresponding to the first set of double coils, and the positive and negative ports of ECU2 are connected to the corresponding pins of the second set of double coils. positive and negative pins.
  • the effective ECU in ECU1 and ECU2 can input DC power to the corresponding positive and negative pins of the solenoid valve through its positive and negative ports, and the ineffective ECU will not input DC power to the solenoid valve.
  • the other positive pin and the other negative pin input direct current.
  • ECU1 when ECU1 is not faulty, ECU1 inputs direct current to the first positive coil and the first negative coil, so that the first group of dual coils can generate a magnetic field under the action of the direct current output by ECU1 to drive the first
  • the iron core wound by the set of double coils moves, and then the solenoid valve belonging to the normally open valve is disconnected after being energized, or the solenoid valve belonging to the normally closed valve is turned on after being energized.
  • ECU2 inputs direct current to the second positive coil and the second negative coil, so that the second group of double coils can generate a magnetic field under the action of the direct current output by ECU2, and drive the second group of double wires
  • the iron core wound by the coil moves, and then the solenoid valve belonging to the normally open valve is turned off after being energized, or the solenoid valve belonging to the normally closed valve is turned on after being energized.
  • the two sets of double coils can be wound on the entire area of the iron core, but the winding directions on the iron core are different, so, no matter which set of double coils When energized, a magnetic field can be generated over the entire area of the core.
  • two sets of double coils can be wound on different areas of the iron core, for example, the first set of double coils and the second set of double coils can be respectively wound on the two half-side areas of the iron core, and as for the size of the two half-side areas
  • the relationship is not limited, for example, it can be divided in half, or one side can be larger and the other side can be smaller.
  • part of the coils of the two sets of double coils are wound in the same area of the iron core, and the other part of the coils are wound in different areas of the iron core.
  • ECU1 can provide DC power as an example for illustration.
  • ECU1 can also detect the connection between ECU1 and the first group of double coils. The current on the connection line of each coil.
  • ECU1 can send a valid message to ECU2 Instruction, and ECU2 can provide direct current to the second group of double coils through the connection line between ECU2 and the second group of double coils after receiving the valid instruction.
  • this example can drive the solenoid valve through the direct current provided by another ECU to another group of double coils when a failure occurs in the process of providing electrical signals to a certain group of double coils by one ECU, so as to realize The timeliness of switching is improved while the solenoid valve is redundantly controlled.
  • a switching circuit may also be provided on the line connecting the first positive coil and the first negative coil of ECU1 and the line connecting the second positive coil and the second negative coil of ECU2, and the switching circuit may include, for example, a single-pole-single-throw switch, single-pole multi-throw switch or multi-pole multi-throw switch, etc.
  • the switching circuit can be used to: when using ECU1 to provide direct current to the first set of double coils, turn on the connection between ECU1 and the first positive coil and the first negative coil, and disconnect ECU2 from the second positive coil and the second negative coil Coil connection, and, when using ECU2 to provide direct current to the second group of dual coils, turn on the connection between ECU2 and the second positive coil and the second negative coil, and disconnect ECU1 from the first positive coil and the first Negative coil connection.
  • ECU1 when ECU1 detects that the current on the connection line with any coil in the first group of dual coils is less than the threshold value, it can send an activation instruction to ECU2 on the one hand, and send a switch to the switching circuit on the other hand. After receiving the switching instruction, the switching circuit can disconnect the connection line between ECU1 and the first positive coil and the first negative coil, and turn on the connection line between ECU2 and the second positive coil and the second negative coil, so that ECU2 The provided DC power is smoothly transmitted to the second group of dual coils of the solenoid valve, and at the same time, the DC power still provided to the first group of dual coils due to ECU1 failure is cut off to ensure the accuracy of the solenoid valve drive.
  • the present application also provides a control method, which is used for two ECUs to redundantly control the same brake actuator, and the specific implementation process can refer to ECU1 and ECU2 in the third embodiment above.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the above control method.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the above control method.
  • the present application also provides a terminal device, including the braking system as shown in the first embodiment above, or the integrated device as shown in the second embodiment above, or including the braking system shown in the above embodiment Three illustrated access control devices.
  • the terminal device may be a smart home device (including but not limited to TV, sweeping robot, smart lamp, audio system, smart lighting system, electrical control system, home background music, home theater system, intercom system, video surveillance, etc. ), intelligent transportation equipment (including but not limited to automobiles, ships, drones, trains, trucks, trucks, etc.), intelligent manufacturing equipment (including but not limited to robots, industrial equipment, intelligent logistics, intelligent factories, etc.), computer equipment ( Including but not limited to desktop computers, personal computers, servers, etc.), portable electronic devices (including but not limited to mobile phones, tablet computers, handheld computers, headphones, audio, wearable devices (such as smart watches), vehicle equipment, virtual reality devices, enhanced real devices, etc.).
  • smart home device including but not limited to TV, sweeping robot, smart lamp, audio system, smart lighting system, electrical control system, home background music, home theater system, intercom system, video surveillance, etc.
  • intelligent transportation equipment including but not limited to automobiles, ships, drones, trains, trucks, trucks, etc.
  • intelligent manufacturing equipment including but not limited to robot
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more packets of data (e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems). Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • packets of data e.g., data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet via a signal interacting with other systems.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Valves And Accessory Devices For Braking Systems (AREA)
  • Regulating Braking Force (AREA)

Abstract

一种制动系统及装置,适用于制动技术领域,用以降低在制动系统中添加冗余备份的复杂程度。其中,制动系统包括油壶、主缸模块、制动踏板、推杆、第一压力控制单元、第二压力控制单元、第一ECU、第二ECU和冗余ECU,第一ECU用于控制第一压力控制单元中的制动执行器,第二ECU用于控制第二压力控制单元中的制动执行器,而冗余ECU用于控制第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器和/或第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器。该方式通过额外设置的一个ECU即可实现冗余制动,而不需要额外设置一套新的压力控制单元和对应的ECU,有助于降低在制动系统中添加冗余备份的复杂程度,进而降低整车安装布置的困难程度。

Description

一种制动系统及装置 技术领域
本申请涉及制动技术领域,提供了一种制动系统及装置。
背景技术
制动系统是智能运输设备中最重要的系统之一,它关乎着驾驶员和乘客的生命安全及财产安全。例如,当智能运输设备前方存在障碍物而需要刹车时,如果制动系统失效,则智能运输设备可能会由于无法及时制动而撞上障碍物,进而严重影响驾驶员和乘客的安全。可见,拥有一个安全及可靠的制动系统对智能运输设备来说显得更为重要。
为提高制动系统的安全性和可靠性,通常需要在制动系统中添加冗余备份,冗余备份是指在原有的制动功能出现问题时,仍然能够通过其它方式实现制动。然而,现有技术通常直接在制动系统中添加一套冗余的压力控制单元和对应的电子控制单元,当原有的压力控制单元和电子控制单元出现问题时,制动系统通过切换至该套冗余的压力控制单元和电子控制单元以完成冗余备份。然而,这种冗余备份方式显然会极大地增加制动系统中所包含的器件数量,进而增加了整车安装布置的困难程度,不利于降低制动系统的集成复杂度。
有鉴于此,本申请提供一种制动系统,用以降低在制动系统中添加冗余制动的复杂程度。
发明内容
本申请提供一种制动系统及装置,用以降低在制动系统中添加冗余备份的复杂程度。
第一方面,本申请提供一种制动系统,包括:油壶、主缸模块、制动踏板、推杆、第一压力控制单元、第二压力控制单元、第一电子控制单元(electronic control unit,ECU)、第二ECU和冗余ECU,其中,制动踏板通过推杆连接主缸模块,油壶、主缸模块、第一压力控制单元和第二压力控制单元依次通过油路连接,且第二压力控制单元还通过油路连接被制动轮。第一ECU用于控制第一压力控制单元中的制动执行器,第二ECU用于控制第二压力控制单元中的制动执行器,冗余ECU用于控制第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器,和/或,控制第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器,而第一压力控制单元和第二压力控制单元用于在第一ECU、第二ECU和冗余ECU中的至少一个ECU的控制下,单独或联合完成对被制动轮的制动操作。
在上述设计中,通过对同一制动执行器设置至少两个用于控制的ECU,能在其中部分ECU失效的情况下,利用另一部分ECU完成对该制动执行器的冗余控制,该方式通过额外设置的ECU即可实现冗余制动,而不需要额外设置一套新的压力控制单元和对应的ECU,因此有助于降低在制动系统中添加冗余备份的复杂程度,进而降低整车安装布置的困难程度。且,上述设计中的至少两个压力控制单元能实现至少两重冗余制动,而通过至少两个ECU控制同一压力控制单元中的同一制动执行器,相当于在至少两重冗余制动基础上,进一步实现了至少三重冗余制动,至少三重冗余制动可以适配于L2~L4级乃至更高级的自动驾驶系统。可见,上述设计能通过设置尽可能少的部件增加至少两重冗余制动的车辆的冗余重数,有助于在节省成本及降低整车布局复杂性的基础上,进一步提高制动系统的冗余 制动能力。
一种可能的设计中,在冗余ECU控制第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的情况下:当第一ECU未失效时,使用第一ECU控制第一压力控制单元中的制动执行器,当第一ECU失效时,使用冗余ECU控制第一压力控制单元中的制动执行器。在该设计中,由于第一ECU所能控制的制动执行器多于或等于冗余ECU所能控制的制动执行器,因此,通过将第一ECU设置为默认生效的ECU,不仅能使制动系统在默认状态下具有更为全面的制动功能,还能使制动系统在默认生效的ECU失效时灵活切换至冗余ECU以继续制动,有助于提高冗余控制的灵活性和可靠性。
一种可能的设计中,在冗余ECU控制第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的情况下:第一压力控制单元在第一ECU或冗余ECU的控制下,能完成对被制动轮的基础制动操作或自动紧急刹车操作,第二压力控制单元在第二ECU的控制下,能完成对被制动轮的防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作或电子稳定性控制操作,而第一压力控制单元和第二压力控制单元在第一ECU和第二ECU、或者冗余ECU和第二ECU的控制下,能完成对被制动轮的基础制动操作、自动紧急刹车操作、防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作、电子稳定性控制操作、自适应巡航控制操作及附加制动操作。在该设计中,通过对第一压力控制单元添加冗余ECU,即使第一ECU失效,也能由冗余ECU单独完成第一压力控制单元的原有制动功能,以及由冗余ECU配合第二ECU完成制动系统的全制动功能,有效保持制动系统的可用性。
一种可能的设计中,在冗余ECU控制第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的情况下:当第二ECU未失效时,使用第二ECU控制第二压力控制单元中的制动执行器,当第二ECU失效时,使用冗余ECU控制第二压力控制单元中的制动执行器。在该设计中,由于第二ECU所能控制的制动执行器多于或等于冗余ECU所能控制的制动执行器,因此,通过将第二ECU设置为默认生效的ECU,不仅能使制动系统在默认状态下具有更为全面的制动功能,还能使制动系统在默认生效的ECU失效时灵活切换至冗余ECU以继续制动,有助于提高冗余控制的灵活性和可靠性。
一种可能的设计中,在冗余ECU控制第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的情况下:第一压力控制单元在第一ECU的控制下,能完成对被制动轮的基础制动操作或自动紧急刹车操作,第二压力控制单元在第二ECU或冗余ECU的控制下,能完成对制动轮的防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作或电子稳定性控制操作,而第一压力控制单元和第二压力控制单元在第一ECU和第二ECU、或者第一ECU和冗余ECU的控制下,能完成对车轮的基础制动操作、自动紧急刹车操作、防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作、电子稳定性控制操作、自适应巡航控制操作及附加制动操作。在该设计中,通过对第二压力控制单元添加冗余ECU,即使第二ECU失效,也能由冗余ECU单独完成第二压力控制单元的原有制动功能,以及由冗余ECU配合第一ECU完成制动系统的全制动功能,有效保持制动系统的可用性。
一种可能的设计中,主缸模块可以集成在第一压力控制单元内,以进一步提高制动系统的集成度,也可以独立于第一压力控制单元而单独存在,以灵活控制主缸模块中的油液的流入流出操作。
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器可以包括电机和/或电磁阀。如此,通过对制动系统中的常用器件设置冗余ECU,能确保其它ECU无法控制这些常用器件时,及时切换至冗余 ECU继续控制,有效保证制动系统的可靠性。
下面以冗余ECU控制第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器为例进行介绍,冗余ECU控制第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的方案可以参照执行,此处不再重复赘述。
本申请实施例中,第一ECU和冗余ECU可以通过如下任一方式进行集成:
集成方式一
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括第一印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、第二PCB和板间连接器,第一ECU和冗余ECU中的功率大于功率阈值的第一类型器件设置于第一PCB,第一ECU和冗余ECU中的功率不大于功率阈值的第二类型器件设置于第二PCB,且第一PCB上的任一ECU中的第一类型器件通过板间连接器连接第二PCB上的ECU中的第二类型器件。如此,通过在一个PCB上集成大功率器件,在另一个PCB上集成小功率器件,不仅能实现对大功率器件和小功率器件的分类管理,还能通过分散部署两个ECU中的全部部件,使得每个PCB所承载的部件数量减少,进而减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括支撑架,第一PCB和第二PCB通过支撑架固定连接,以确保第一PCB和第二PCB的相对位置不变,保持制动过程中的稳定性。
一种可能的设计中,支撑架可以位于最顶层,第二PCB可以位于最底层,第一PCB位于支撑架和第二PCB的中间,且第一PCB上开孔,支撑架穿过开孔固定连接第一PCB和第二PCB。如此,承载小功率器件的第二PCB的相背于第一PCB的一侧未被遮挡,进而有助于第二PCB的散热。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括壳体,支撑架、第一PCB和第二PCB放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,由于小功率器件产生的热量相对较少,因此,通过使集成小功率器件的第二PCB紧靠壳体,还有助于通过壳体增大第二PCB的散热面积,进一步提高第二PCB的散热效果。
一种可能的设计中,第一类型器件可以设置于第一PCB的相对于支撑架的面,第二类型器件可以设置于第二PCB的相对于第一PCB的面。如此,通过在第一PCB和第二PCB的同一方向的面上部署大功率器件和小功率器件,还能有助于设置大功率器件和小功率器件之间的走线,降低实现集成的复杂程度。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括阀体,阀体用于容置受控部件,该情况下,任一ECU中的第一类型器件可以包括受控部件的驱动器,任一ECU中的第二类型器件可以包括微控制器,且第一ECU中的微控制器和冗余ECU中的微控制器还通过第二PCB上的走线实现连接。如此,不仅可以实现两个ECU之间的通信,还能通过两个ECU驱动同一受控部件,以实现两个ECU对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
一种可能的设计中,在受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器的情况下,任一ECU中的第一类型器件可以包括电机的驱动器和电磁阀的驱动器,任一ECU中的第二类型器件可以包括微控制器和传感器的接口。如此,通过将小功率的微控制器和传感器的接口设置在一块PCB上,将大功率的驱动器设置在另一块PCB上,不仅有助于微控制器更为及时地获得传感器信息,还能通过分散部署降低微控制器所在PCB所产生的热量。
一种可能的设计中,第二PCB的幅面面积小于第一PCB的幅面面积。如此能在使第二PCB足够承载小功率器件的基础上,提高第二PCB的幅面的利用率,进一步提高集成 装置的集成度。
集成方式二
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括第一PCB、第二PCB和支撑架,第一PCB和第二PCB通过支撑架固定连接,且第一ECU中的器件设置于第一PCB,冗余ECU中的器件设置于第二PCB。如此,通过将两个ECU中的部件分别集成在不同的PCB,不仅能减少每个PCB所承载的部件数量,进而有助于减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重,还能实现两个ECU在物理结构上的解耦,便于集成装置的开发和设计。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括板间连接器,任一ECU中的器件包括微控制器,且第一ECU中的微控制器通过板间连接器连接冗余ECU中的微控制器,以便通过板间连接器实现两个PCB上的两个ECU之间的通信。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括阀体,阀体用于容置受控部件,该情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括受控部件的驱动器,第一ECU中的微控制器通过第一PCB上的走线连接第一ECU中的受控部件的驱动器,而冗余ECU中的微控制器通过第二PCB上的走线连接冗余ECU中的受控部件的驱动器,如此可实现两个ECU对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
一种可能的设计中,受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器的情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,以便使任一ECU能顺利接收传感器信息,进而依赖于传感器信息准确驱动电机或电磁阀。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括壳体,支撑架、第一PCB和第二PCB放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,壳体能够起到固定支撑架的作用,以便依靠壳体的稳固特性,提高固定连接两个PCB的稳定性。
一种可能的设计中,支撑架可以位于最顶层,第二PCB可以位于最底层,第一PCB位于支撑架和第二PCB的中间,且第一PCB上开孔,支撑架穿过开孔固定连接第一PCB和第二PCB。如此可使第二PCB相背于第一PCB的一侧紧靠壳体,进而还能通过壳体增大第二PCB的散热面积,以便提高第二PCB的散热效果。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU中的器件设置于第一PCB的相对于支撑架的面,冗余ECU中的器件设置于第二PCB的相对于第一PCB的面。如此,通过在第一PCB和第二PCB的同一方向的面上部署第一ECU中的器件和冗余ECU中的器件,还能便于在板间连接器中设置第一ECU的器件和冗余ECU的器件之间的走线,降低集成的复杂程度。
集成方式三
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括PCB,第一ECU中的器件和冗余ECU中的器件集成于PCB。如此,通过将两个ECU中的部件都集成在同一PCB上,相比于集成在两个PCB上的方案来说,能有效减小集成装置的高度。且,该设计还能将所有相关器件的接口都设置在一个PCB单板上,因此还能通过一次压接的方式将部件和PCB上的器件的接口全部连接在一起,从而还有助于简化集成工艺。
一种可能的设计中,任一ECU中的器件可以包括微控制器,且第一ECU中的微控制器通过PCB上的走线连接冗余ECU中的微控制器,以便实现两个ECU之间的通信。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括阀体,阀体用于容置受控部件,该情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括受控部件的驱动器,且ECU中的微控制器通过PCB上的走线连接ECU中的受控部件的驱动器,如此可实现两个ECU对同一受控部件的联合冗余控 制。
一种可能的设计中,受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器的情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括电机的驱动器和电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,以便使任一ECU能顺利接收传感器信息,进而依赖于传感器信息准确驱动电机或电磁阀。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括壳体,支撑架和PCB放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,壳体能够起到固定支撑架的作用,以便依靠壳体的稳固特性,提高固定PCB的稳定性。
一种可能的设计中,支撑架可以位于最顶层,PCB可以位于最底层且紧贴壳体的下壳,以便通过壳体增大PCB的散热面积,进一步提高PCB的散热效果。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU中的器件和冗余ECU中的器件设置于PCB的相对于支撑架的面。如此,两个ECU中的器件还能通过PCB的同一个面上所设置的走线实现连接,简化PCB上的走线部署方式,降低集成的复杂程度。
本申请实施例中,第一ECU和冗余ECU可以通过如下任一方式接入电机或电磁阀:
电机接入方式一
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器包括电机,电机包括三相绕组,第一ECU和冗余ECU通过线路分别连接三相绕组,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,当第一ECU未故障的情况下,使用第一ECU向三相绕组提供三相交流电,当第一ECU故障的情况下,使用冗余ECU向三相绕组提供三相交流电。在该设计中,制动系统可以直接复用电机中的三相绕组实现两个ECU对同一电机的冗余控制,而无需额外添加其它的绕组,因此不仅能直接兼容于现有的电机,还有助于节省成本。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与三相绕组中的任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送补充指示,冗余ECU根据补充指示,通过冗余ECU与该相绕组的连接线路,向该相绕组提供补充电信号。如此,制动系统能在一个ECU向某个绕组提供电信号的过程出现故障时,通过另一个ECU向该绕组补充电信号,而另外两个绕组上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将全部绕组的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,保证三相电流的准确供给。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与三相绕组的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与三相绕组的连接线路上,切换电路用于在第一ECU未失效的情况下,导通第一ECU与三相绕组的连线,并断开冗余ECU与三相绕组的连线,在第一ECU失效的情况下,导通冗余ECU与三相绕组的连线,并断开第一ECU与三相绕组的连线。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供三相交流电的ECU也向电机输出三相交流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电机的驱动链路,保证电机只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU可以在与第一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面向冗余ECU发送补充指示,另一方面还向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第一切换指示后,导通冗余ECU与第一相绕组的连接线路,以便使冗余ECU所提供的补充电信号顺利传输至电机的该相绕组。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以检测 第一ECU与三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与三相绕组中的任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送生效指示,并停止向三相绕组提供三相交流电,而冗余ECU接收到生效指示后,通过冗余ECU与三相绕组的连接线路,向三相绕组提供三相交流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电机驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与三相绕组的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与三相绕组的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向冗余ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第二切换指示后,断开第一ECU与三相绕组的连接线路,以及导通冗余ECU与三相绕组的连接线路。如此,既能使冗余ECU所提供的三相交流电顺利传输至电机的三相定子绕组,又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向三相定子绕组所提供的三相交流电,有效确保电机驱动的准确性。
电机接入方式二
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器包括电机,电机包括第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组,第一ECU通过线路连接第一组三相绕组,冗余ECU通过线路连接第二组三相绕组,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,当第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电,当第一ECU故障时,使用冗余ECU向第二组三相绕组提供三相交流电。在该设计中,通过在电机中额外添加一组三相绕组,能通过每个ECU对各自对应的三相绕组的电信号,实现对电机的准确驱动,避免某一ECU的电信号对另一ECU的电信号造成干扰。
一种可能的设计中,第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组可以均缠绕在电机的铁芯的整个区域,但缠绕在铁芯上的方向不同,或者,第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组可以缠绕在电机的铁芯的不同区域,又或者,第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组的部分绕组缠绕在电机的铁芯的同一区域,而另一部分绕组缠绕在电机的铁芯的不同区域。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与第一组三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送生效指示,并停止向第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电,而冗余ECU在接收到生效指示后,通过冗余ECU与第二组三相绕组的连接线路,向第二组三相绕组提供三相交流电。如此,即使某一个ECU向某一组三相绕组提供电信号的过程出现故障导致无法驱动电机,也能通过另一个ECU向另一组三相绕组所提供的三相交流电来继续驱动电机,以在实现电机冗余控制的同时提高切换的及时性。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一组三相绕组的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与第二组三相绕组的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向冗余ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送切换指示,而切换电路接收到切换指示后,可以断开第一ECU与第一组三相绕组的连接线路,并导通冗余ECU与第二组三相绕组的连接线路。如此,既能使冗余ECU所提供的三相交流电能顺利传输至电机的第二组三相绕组,又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向第一组三相绕组所提供的三相交流电,有效确保电机驱动的准确性。
电磁阀接入方式一
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器包括电磁阀,电磁阀包括双线圈,第一ECU和冗余ECU通过线路分别连接双线圈,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,当第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向双线圈提供直流电,当第一ECU故障时,使用冗余ECU向双线圈提供直流电。如此,该设计能够复用电磁阀中的双线圈实现两个ECU对同一电磁阀的冗余驱动,而无需额外新增其它的线圈,因此不仅能直接兼容于现有的电磁阀,还有助于节省成本。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与双线圈中的任一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送补充指示,而冗余ECU在接收到补充指示后,通过冗余ECU与该线圈的连接线路,向该线圈提供补充电信号。通过该设计,在一个ECU向某个线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障时,能通过另一个ECU向该线圈补充电信号,而另外一个线圈上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将全部线圈的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,通过两个ECU联合向电磁阀供给准确的直流电。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与双线圈的连接线路上,切换电路用于在第一ECU未失效时,导通第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路,并断开冗余ECU与双线圈的连接线路,在第一ECU失效时,导通冗余ECU与双线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供直流电的ECU也向电磁阀输出直流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电磁阀的驱动链路,保证电磁阀只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在与第一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向冗余ECU发送切换指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第一切换指示后,导通冗余ECU与上述线圈的连接线路,以便使冗余ECU所提供的补充电信号顺利传输至电磁阀的该线圈。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送生效指示,并停止向双线圈提供直流电,而冗余ECU在接收到生效指示后,通过冗余ECU与双线圈的连接线路,向双线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电磁阀驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与双线圈的线路上,第一ECU在与任一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向冗余ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第二切换指示后,可以导通冗余ECU与双线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路。通过该设计,不仅能使冗余ECU所提供的直流电顺利传输至电磁阀的双线圈,同时又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
电磁阀接入方式二
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器包括电磁阀,电磁阀包括第一正极线圈、第二正极线 圈和负极线圈,第一ECU通过线路连接第一正极线圈和负极线圈,冗余ECU通过线路连接第二正极线圈和负极线圈,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,当第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电,当第一ECU故障时,使用冗余ECU向第二正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电。在该设计中,通过复用电磁阀中的负极线圈,并单独设置两个ECU对应的正极线圈,既能降低电磁阀设置的复杂性,节省成本,又能尽量降低一个ECU的电信号对另一个ECU驱动的干扰。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与负极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送补充指示,而冗余ECU在接收到补充指示后,可以通过冗余ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,向负极线圈提供电信号。在该设计中,在一个ECU向负极线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障时,通过另一个ECU向负极线圈补充电信号,而第一正极线圈上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将第一正极线圈和负极线圈的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,通过两个ECU向负极线圈提供足够的电信号。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路、第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路、冗余ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与负极线圈的连接线路上,切换电路用于在第一ECU未失效的情况下,导通第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路以及第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,并断开冗余ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路以及冗余ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,在第一ECU失效的情况下,导通冗余ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路以及冗余ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路以及第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供直流电的ECU也向电磁阀输出直流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电磁阀的驱动链路,保证电磁阀只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在与负极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向冗余ECU发送切换指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第一切换指示后,可以导通冗余ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,以便使冗余ECU所提供的补充电信号顺利传输至电磁阀的负极线圈。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与第一正极线圈和负极线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送生效指示,并停止向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电,而冗余ECU在接收到生效指示后,通过冗余ECU与第二正极线圈和负极线圈的连接线路,向第二正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电磁阀驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路、第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路、冗余ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与负极线圈的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向冗余ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第二切换指示后,可以导通冗余ECU与 第二正极线圈的连接线路和冗余ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路和第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路。如此,既能使冗余ECU所提供的直流电顺利传输至电磁阀的第二组双线圈,同时又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向第一组双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
电磁阀接入方式三
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器包括电磁阀,电磁阀包括第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈,第一ECU通过线路连接第一组双线圈,冗余ECU通过线路连接第二组双线圈,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,当第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向第一组双线圈提供直流电,当第一ECU故障时,使用冗余ECU向第二组双线圈提供直流电。在该设计中,通过在电磁阀中额外添加一组双线圈,能通过每个ECU对各自对应的双线圈的电信号,实现对电磁阀的准确驱动,避免某一ECU的电信号对另一ECU的电信号造成干扰。
一种可能的设计中,第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈可以都缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的整个区域,但缠绕在铁芯上的方向不同,或者,第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈可以缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的不同区域,又或者,第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈的部分线圈缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的同一区域,另一部分线圈缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的不同区域。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一组双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与第一组双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向冗余ECU发送生效指示,并停止向第一组双线圈提供直流电,而冗余ECU在接收到生效指示后,可以通过冗余ECU与第二组双线圈的连接线路,向第二组双线圈提供直流电。该设计能在一个ECU向某一组双线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障导致无法驱动电磁阀时,通过另一个ECU向另一组双线圈提供的直流电来驱动电磁阀,以便实现电磁阀冗余控制的同时提高切换的及时性。
一种可能的设计中,制动系统中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一组双线圈的连接线路、以及冗余ECU与第二组双线圈的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向冗余ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送切换指示,而切换电路在接收到切换指示后,可以导通冗余ECU与第二组双线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与第一组双线圈的连接线路。如此,既能使冗余ECU所提供的直流电能顺利传输至电磁阀的第二组双线圈,同时又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向第一组双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
第二方面,本申请提供一种集成装置,包括:第一ECU、第二ECU、第一PCB、第二PCB和板间连接器,第一ECU和第二ECU中的功率大于功率阈值的第一类型器件设置于第一PCB,第一ECU和第二ECU中的功率不大于功率阈值的第二类型器件设置于第二PCB,且第一PCB上的任一ECU中的第一类型器件通过板间连接器连接第二PCB上的ECU中的第二类型器件。如此,通过在一个PCB上集成大功率器件,在另一个PCB上集成小功率器件,不仅能实现对大功率器件和小功率器件的分类管理,还能通过分散部署两个ECU中的全部部件,使得每个PCB所承载的部件数量减少,进而减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括支撑架,第一PCB和第二PCB通过支撑架固定连接,如此确保第一PCB和第二PCB的相对位置不变,保持连接的稳定性。
一种可能的设计中,支撑架可以位于最顶层,第二PCB可以位于最底层,第一PCB 位于支撑架和第二PCB的中间,且第一PCB上开孔,支撑架穿过开孔固定连接第一PCB和第二PCB。如此可使承载小功率器件的第二PCB的相背于第一PCB的一侧不被遮挡,进而有助于提高第二PCB的散热效果。
一种可能的设计中,第一类型器件可以设置于第一PCB的相对于支撑架的面,第二类型器件可以设置于第二PCB的相对于第一PCB的面。如此,通过在第一PCB和第二PCB的同一方向的面上部署大功率器件和小功率器件,还能有助于设置大功率器件和小功率器件之间的走线,降低实现集成的复杂程度。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括阀体,阀体用于容置受控部件,该情况下,任一ECU中的第一类型器件可以包括受控部件的驱动器,任一ECU中的第二类型器件可以包括微控制器,且第一ECU中的微控制器和第二ECU中的微控制器还可以通过第二PCB上的走线实现连接。如此,不仅可以实现两个ECU之间的通信,还能通过两个ECU驱动同一受控部件,以实现两个ECU对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
一种可能的设计中,受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器的情况下,任一ECU中的第一类型器件可以包括电机的驱动器和电磁阀的驱动器,任一ECU中的第二类型器件可以包括微控制器和传感器的接口。如此,通过将小功率的微控制器和传感器的接口设置在一块PCB上,将大功率的驱动器设置在另一块PCB上,不仅有助于微控制器更为及时地获得传感器信息,还能通过分散部署降低微控制器所在PCB所产生的热量。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括壳体,支撑架、第一PCB和第二PCB放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,由于小功率器件产生的热量相对较少,因此,通过使集成小功率器件的第二PCB紧靠壳体,还有助于通过壳体增大第二PCB的散热面积,进一步提高第二PCB的散热效果。
一种可能的设计中,第二PCB的幅面面积可以小于第一PCB的幅面面积,以便在使第二PCB足够承载小功率器件的基础上,提高第二PCB的幅面的利用率,进一步提高集成装置的集成度。
第三方面,本申请提供一种集成装置,包括:第一ECU、第二ECU、第一PCB、第二PCB和支撑架,第一PCB和第二PCB通过支撑架固定连接,第一ECU中的器件设置于第一PCB,第二ECU中的器件设置于第二PCB。如此,通过将两个ECU中的部件分别集成在不同的PCB,不仅能减少每个PCB所承载的部件数量,进而有助于减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重,还能实现两个ECU在物理结构上的解耦,便于集成装置的开发和设计。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括板间连接器,任一ECU中的器件可以包括微控制器,且第一ECU中的微控制器通过板间连接器连接第二ECU中的微控制器,以便通过板间连接器实现两个PCB上的两个ECU之间的通信。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括阀体,阀体用于容置受控部件,该情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括受控部件的驱动器,第一ECU中的微控制器通过第一PCB上的走线连接第一ECU中的受控部件的驱动器,而第二ECU中的微控制器通过第二PCB上的走线连接第二ECU中的受控部件的驱动器,如此可实现两个ECU对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
一种可能的设计中,受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器的情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,以便使任一ECU能顺 利接收传感器信息,进而依赖于传感器信息准确驱动电机或电磁阀。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括壳体,支撑架、第一PCB和第二PCB放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,壳体能够起到固定支撑架的作用,以便依靠壳体的稳固特性,提高固定连接两个PCB的稳定性。
一种可能的设计中,支撑架可以位于最顶层,第二PCB可以位于最底层,第一PCB位于支撑架和第二PCB的中间,且第一PCB上开孔,支撑架穿过开孔固定连接第一PCB和第二PCB。如此,可使第二PCB相背于第一PCB的一侧紧靠壳体,进而还能通过壳体增大第二PCB的散热面积,以便提高第二PCB的散热效果。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU中的器件可以设置于第一PCB的相对于支撑架的面,第二ECU中的器件可以设置于第二PCB的相对于第一PCB的面。如此,通过在第一PCB和第二PCB的同一方向的面上部署第一ECU中的器件和第二ECU中的器件,还能便于在板间连接器中设置第一ECU的器件和第二ECU的器件之间的走线,降低集成的复杂程度。
第四方面,本申请提供一种集成装置,包括:第一ECU、第二ECU和PCB,第一ECU中的器件和第二ECU中的器件集成于PCB。如此,通过将两个ECU中的部件都集成在同一PCB上,相比于集成在两个PCB上的方案来说,能有效减小集成装置的高度。且,该设计还能将所有相关器件的接口都设置在一个PCB单板上,因此还能通过一次压接的方式将部件和PCB上的器件的接口全部连接在一起,从而还有助于简化集成工艺。
一种可能的设计中,任一ECU中的器件可以包括微控制器,且第一ECU中的微控制器还可以通过PCB上的走线连接第二ECU中的微控制器,以便实现两个ECU之间的通信。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括阀体,阀体用于容置受控部件,该情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括受控部件的驱动器,且ECU中的微控制器还可以通过PCB上的走线连接ECU中的受控部件的驱动器,如此可实现两个ECU对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
一种可能的设计中,受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器的情况下,任一ECU中的器件还可以包括电机的驱动器和电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,以便使任一ECU能顺利接收传感器信息,进而依赖于传感器信息准确驱动电机或电磁阀。
一种可能的设计中,集成装置中还可以包括壳体,支撑架和PCB放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,壳体能够起到固定支撑架的作用,以便依靠壳体的稳固特性,提高固定PCB的稳定性。
一种可能的设计中,支撑架可以位于最顶层,PCB可以位于最底层且紧贴壳体的下壳,以便通过壳体增大PCB的散热面积,进一步提高PCB的散热效果。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU中的器件和第二ECU中的器件可以设置于PCB的相对于支撑架的面。如此,两个ECU中的器件还能通过PCB的同一个面上所设置的走线实现连接,简化PCB上的走线部署方式,降低集成的复杂程度。
第五方面,本申请还提供一种制动装置,包括:第一ECU、第二ECU和制动执行器,第一ECU和第二ECU分别连接制动执行器,用于单独或联合驱动制动执行器,以便实现两个ECU对同一制动执行器的冗余控制。
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器可以包括电机,电机包括三相绕组,第一ECU和第二ECU通过线路分别连接三相绕组,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向三相绕组提供三相交流电,第一ECU故障时,使用第二ECU 向三相绕组提供三相交流电。在该设计中,接入控制装置可以直接复用电机中的三相绕组实现两个ECU对同一电机的冗余控制,而无需额外添加其它的绕组,因此不仅能直接兼容于现有的电机,还有助于节省成本。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与三相绕组中的第一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送补充指示,而第二ECU在接收到补充指示后,通过第二ECU与第一相绕组的连接线路,向第一相绕组提供补充电信号。其中,第一相绕组为三相绕组中的任一相绕组。如此,在一个ECU向某个绕组提供电信号的过程出现故障时,通过另一个ECU向该绕组补充电信号,而另外两个绕组上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将全部绕组的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,通过两个ECU联合向电机提供足够的三相电流。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与三相绕组的连接线路、以及第二ECU与三相绕组的连接线路上,切换电路用于在第一ECU未失效的情况下,导通第一ECU与三相绕组的连线,并断开第二ECU与三相绕组的连线,在第一ECU失效的情况下,导通第二ECU与三相绕组的连线,并断开第一ECU与三相绕组的连线。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供三相交流电的ECU也向电机输出三相交流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电机的驱动链路,保证电机只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在与第一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向第二ECU发送补充指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第一切换指示后,可以导通第二ECU与第一相绕组的连接线路,以便使第二ECU所提供的补充电信号顺利传输至电机的该相绕组。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,检测第一ECU与三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与三相绕组中的任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向三相绕组提供三相交流电,而第二ECU在接收到生效指示后,通过第二ECU与三相绕组的连接线路,向三相绕组提供三相交流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电机驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与三相绕组的连接线路、以及第二ECU与三相绕组的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第二切换指示后,可以断开第一ECU与三相绕组的连接线路,以及导通第二ECU与三相绕组的连接线路。如此,既能使第二ECU所提供的三相交流电顺利传输至电机的三相定子绕组,又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向三相定子绕组所提供的三相交流电,有效确保电机驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器可以包括电机,电机包括第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组,第一ECU通过线路连接第一组三相绕组,第二ECU通过线路连接第二组三相绕组,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电,第一ECU故障时,使用第二ECU向第二组三相绕组提供三 相交流电。如此,通过在电机中额外添加一组三相绕组,能通过每个ECU对各自对应的三相绕组的电信号,实现对电机的准确驱动,避免某一ECU的电信号对另一ECU的电信号造成干扰。
一种可能的设计中,第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组可以均缠绕在电机的铁芯的整个区域,但缠绕在铁芯上的方向不同,或者,第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组可以缠绕在电机的铁芯的不同区域,又或者,第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组的部分绕组缠绕在电机的铁芯的同一区域,而另一部分绕组缠绕在电机的铁芯的不同区域。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,检测第一ECU与第一组三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电,而第二ECU在接收到生效指示后,通过第二ECU与第二组三相绕组的连接线路,向第二组三相绕组提供三相交流电。如此,即使某一个ECU向某一组三相绕组提供电信号的过程出现故障导致无法驱动电机,也能通过另一个ECU向另一组三相绕组所提供的三相交流电来继续驱动电机,以在实现电机冗余控制的同时提高切换的及时性。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一组三相绕组的连接线路、以及第二ECU与第二组三相绕组的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向第二ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送切换指示,而切换电路在接收到切换指示的后,可以断开第一ECU与第一组三相绕组的连接线路,以及导通第二ECU与第二组三相绕组的连接线路。如此,既能使第二ECU所提供的三相交流电能顺利传输至电机的第二组三相绕组,又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向第一组三相绕组所提供的三相交流电,有效确保电机驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器中可以包括电磁阀,电磁阀包括双线圈,第一ECU和第二ECU通过线路分别连接双线圈,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向双线圈提供直流电,第一ECU故障时,使用第二ECU向双线圈提供直流电。在该设计中,通过复用电磁阀中的双线圈即可实现两个ECU对同一电磁阀的冗余驱动,而无需额外新增其它的线圈,因此不仅能直接兼容于现有的电磁阀,还有助于节省成本。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与双线圈中的第一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送补充指示,而第二ECU在接收到补充指示后,通过第二ECU与第一线圈的连接线路,向第一线圈提供补充电信号。其中,第一线圈为双线圈中的任一个线圈。通过该设计,在一个ECU向某个线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障时,能通过另一个ECU向该线圈补充电信号,而另外一个线圈上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将全部线圈的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,通过两个ECU联合向电磁阀供给准确的直流电。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路、以及第二ECU与双线圈的连接线路上,切换电路用于在第一ECU未失效时,导通第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路,并断开第二ECU与双线圈的连接线路, 在第一ECU失效时,导通第二ECU与双线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供直流电的ECU也向电磁阀输出直流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电磁阀的驱动链路,保证电磁阀只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在与第一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向第二ECU发送补充指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第一切换指示后,可以导通第二ECU与第一线圈的连接线路,以便使第二ECU所提供的补充电信号能顺利补充给电磁阀的第一线圈。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向双线圈提供直流电,而第二ECU在接收到生效指示后,可以通过第二ECU与双线圈的连接线路,向双线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电磁阀驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与双线圈的连接线路、以及第二ECU与双线圈的线路上,第一ECU在与任一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向第二ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第二切换指示后,可以导通第二ECU与双线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU向双线圈的连接线路。通过该设计,不仅能使第二ECU所提供的直流电顺利传输至电磁阀的双线圈,同时又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器可以包括电磁阀,电磁阀包括第一正极线圈、第二正极线圈和负极线圈,第一ECU通过线路连接第一正极线圈和负极线圈,第二ECU通过线路连接第二正极线圈和负极线圈,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电,第一ECU故障时,使用第二ECU向第二正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与负极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送补充指示,而第二ECU在接收到补充指示后,可以通过第二ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路,向第二正极线圈提供电信号。在该设计中,在一个ECU向负极线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障时,通过另一个ECU向负极线圈补充电信号,而第一正极线圈上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将第一正极线圈和负极线圈的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,通过两个ECU向负极线圈提供足够的电信号。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路、第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路、第二ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路、以及第二ECU与负极线圈的连接线路上,切换电路用于在第一ECU未失效的情况下,导通第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路以及第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,并断开第二ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路以及第二ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,在第一ECU失效的情况下,导通第二ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路以及第二ECU与 负极线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路以及第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供直流电的ECU也向电磁阀输出直流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电磁阀的驱动链路,保证电磁阀只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在与第一正极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向第二ECU发送补充指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第一切换指示后,可以导通第二ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,以便使第二ECU所提供的补充电信号能顺利传输至电磁阀的负极线圈。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与第一正极线圈和负极线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向第一正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电,而第二ECU在接收到生效指示后,可以通过第二ECU与第二正极线圈和负极线圈的连接线路,向第二正极线圈和负极线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电磁阀驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路、第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路、第二ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路、以及第二ECU与负极线圈的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向第二ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路在接收到第二切换指示后,可以导通第二ECU与第二正极线圈的连接线路和第二ECU与负极线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU与第一正极线圈的连接线路和第一ECU与负极线圈的连接线路。如此,既能使第二ECU所提供的直流电顺利传输至电磁阀的第二组双线圈,同时又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向第一组双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
一种可能的设计中,制动执行器可以包括电磁阀,电磁阀包括第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈,第一ECU通过线路连接第一组双线圈,第二ECU通过线路连接第二组双线圈,第一ECU为默认生效的ECU的情况下,第一ECU未故障时,使用第一ECU向第一组双线圈提供直流电,第一ECU故障时,使用第二ECU向第二组双线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在电磁阀中额外添加一组双线圈,能通过每个ECU对各自对应的双线圈的电信号,实现对电磁阀的准确驱动,避免某一ECU的电信号对另一ECU的电信号造成干扰。
一种可能的设计中,第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈可以都缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的整个区域,但缠绕在铁芯上的方向不同,或者,第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈可以缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的不同区域,又或者,第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈的部分线圈缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的同一区域,另一部分线圈缠绕在电磁阀的铁芯的不同区域。
一种可能的设计中,第一ECU在向第一组双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测第一ECU与第一组双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向第一组双线圈提供直流电,而第二ECU在接收到生效指示后,可以通过第二ECU与第二组双线圈的连接线路,向第二组双线圈提供直流电。该设计能在一个ECU向某一组双线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障导致无法驱动电磁阀时,通过另一个ECU向另一组双线圈提供的直流电来驱动电磁阀, 以便实现电磁阀冗余控制的同时提高切换的及时性。
一种可能的设计中,接入控制装置中还可以包括切换电路,切换电路设置在第一ECU与第一组双线圈的连接线路、以及第二ECU与第二组双线圈的连接线路上,第一ECU在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向第二ECU发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送切换指示,而切换电路在接收到切换指示后,可以导通第二ECU与第二组双线圈的连接线路,并断开第一ECU向第一组双线圈的连接线路。如此,既能使第二ECU所提供的直流电能顺利传输至电磁阀的第二组双线圈,同时又能截断由于第一ECU故障而仍向第一组双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
第六方面,本申请提供一种终端设备,包括如上述第一方面任一项设计所述的制动系统,或者包括如上述第二方面至第四方面中任一项设计所述的集成装置,或者包括如上述第五方面任一项设计所述的接入控制装置。
上述第二方面至第六方面的有益效果,具体请参照上述第一方面中相应设计可以达到的技术效果,这里不再重复赘述。
附图说明
图1示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种制动系统的结构示意图;
图2示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种可能的产品形态图;
图3示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种制动系统的结构示意图;
图4示例性示出本申请实施例提供的另一种制动系统的结构示意图;
图5示例性示出本申请实施例提供的又一种制动系统的结构示意图;
图6示例性示出本申请实施例提供的再一种制动系统的结构示意图;
图7示例性示出本申请实施例提供的又一种制动系统的结构示意图;
图8示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种集成装置的结构示意图;
图9示例性示出本申请实施例提供的另一种集成装置的结构示意图;
图10示例性示出本申请实施例提供的又一种集成装置的结构示意图;
图11示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种接入控制装置的结构示意图;
图12示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种两个ECU接入同一电机的结构示意图;
图13示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种两个ECU接入同一电磁阀的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
需要指出的是,本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。“以下一项(个)或多项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的一项(个)或多项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。
以及,除非有特别说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一电子控制 单元和第二电子控制单元只是为了区分不同的电子控制单元,而并不是表示这些电子控制单元的优先级或者重要程度等的不同。
下面将结合具体的实施例介绍本申请中的制动系统及装置的具体实现,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。
本申请实施例提供一种制动系统,该制动系统可以应用于具有制动能力的终端设备,终端设备可以是智能运输设备,包括但不限于汽车、轮船、飞机、无人机、火车、货车或卡车等。一个具体地应用场景中,制动系统可以应用于车联网,如车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle,LTE-V)、车辆-车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)等,尤其适用于自动驾驶车辆或辅助驾驶车辆等。
下面通过实施例一介绍本申请实施例所提供的制动系统的具体实现。
【实施例一】
图1示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种制动系统的结构示意图,如图1所示,该示例中,制动系统中包括油壶130、主缸模块140、制动踏板150、推杆160、第一压力控制单元111、第二压力控制单元112、第一电子控制单元(electronic control unit,ECU)121、第二ECU122和冗余ECU123,制动踏板150通过推杆160连接主缸模块140,油壶130、主缸模块140、第一压力控制单元111和第二压力控制单元112依次通过油路连接,且第二压力控制单元112还通过油路连接被制动轮。其中,第一ECU121、第二ECU122和冗余ECU123是能支持简单的传感器数据处理和复杂的逻辑计算的元件,在实施时,第一ECU121用于控制第一压力控制单元111中的制动执行器,第二ECU122用于控制第二压力控制单元112中的制动执行器,而冗余ECU123用于控制第一压力控制单元111中的至少一个制动执行器,和/或,控制第二压力控制单元112中的至少一个制动执行器,而第一压力控制单元111和第二压力控制单元112在第一ECU121、第二ECU122和冗余ECU123中的至少一个ECU的控制下,能单独或联合完成对被制动轮的制动操作。
示例性地,冗余ECU123可以如图1中(A)或图1中(B)所示意的连接第一压力控制单元111中的至少一个制动执行器但不连接第二压力控制单元112中的制动执行器,以实现对第一压力控制单元111的单独制动控制,也可以如图1中(C)或图1中(D)所示意的连接第二压力控制单元112中的至少一个制动执行器但不连接第一压力控制单元111中的制动执行器,以实现对第二压力控制单元112的单独制动控制,还可以既连接第一压力控制单元111中的至少一个制动执行器,也连接第二压力控制单元112中的至少一个制动执行器,以实现对第一压力控制单元111和第二压力控制单元112的联合制动控制,具体不作限定。
示例性地,制动执行器可以是能在制动系统中实现执行功能的任意器件,例如可以包括但不限于电机或电磁阀等。
示例性地,第一ECU121可以控制第一压力控制单元111中的全部或部分制动执行器,第二ECU122可以控制第二压力控制单元112中的全部或部分制动执行器。但无论第一ECU121和第二ECU122是控制全部制动执行器还是控制部分制动执行器,冗余ECU123所控制的至少一个制动执行器都需要少于或等于第一ECU121所控制的制动执行器,和/或,少于或等于第一ECU122所控制的制动执行器。例如,以冗余ECU123控制第一压力控制单元111中的至少一个制动执行器为例,当第一ECU121可控制第一压力控制单元111中的全部电机和全部电磁阀时,冗余ECU123所能控制的电机和电磁阀可以是如下任一种: 第一压力控制单元111中的全部电机和全部电磁阀,第一压力控制单元111中的全部电磁阀但不包括第一压力控制单元111中的电机,第一压力控制单元111中的全部电机但不包括第一压力控制单元111中的电磁阀,第一压力控制单元111中的部分电磁阀但不包括第一压力控制单元111中的全部电磁阀,第一压力控制单元111中的部分电机但不包括第一压力控制单元111中的全部电机。当第一ECU121可控制第一压力控制单元111中的部分电机和/或部分电磁阀时,冗余ECU123所能控制的电机和电磁阀可以是如下任一种:第一压力控制单元111中的同一部分电机和/或同一部分电磁阀,第一压力控制单元111中的同一部分电磁阀但不包括第一压力控制单元111中的电机,第一压力控制单元111中的同一部分电机但不包括第一压力控制单元111中的电磁阀,第一压力控制单元111中的同一部分电机中的部分电机和/或第一压力控制单元111中的同一部分电磁阀中的部分电磁阀等。关于ECU与所能控制的制动执行器的可能设计还有很多,此处不再一一列举。
示例性地,以冗余ECU123连接一个压力控制单元111中的至少一个制动执行器为例,考虑到第一ECU121所能控制的制动执行器大于或等于冗余ECU123所能控制的制动执行器,因此,为了使制动系统在默认状态下能具有更为全面的制动功能,制动系统可以选择第一ECU121作为第一压力控制单元111对应的默认生效的ECU。也即是说,在第一ECU121未失效的情况下,制动系统可以使用第一ECU121控制第一压力控制单元111,而在第一ECU121失效的情况下,制动系统可以切换至使用冗余ECU123控制第一压力控制单元111。如此,即使默认生效的第一ECU由于某些原因失效,制动系统也能灵活切换至冗余的冗余ECU继续控制第一压力控制单元,有助于提高冗余控制的灵活性和可靠性。
本申请实施例中,能实现上述第一ECU121向冗余ECU123切换的方案有很多,举例来说:
一种可能的方案中,第一ECU121和冗余ECU123可以通过本地互联网(local internet,LIN)技术、Flexray网技术或控制器局域网(controller area network,CAN)技术等方式进行通信,第一ECU121可以按照预设周期向冗余ECU123发送心跳消息,且冗余ECU123中可以设置有定时器,定时器的时长为一个预设周期的时长。在实施中,冗余ECU123每接收到第一ECU121发送的一个心跳消息后,都可以启动或重启定时器,直至定时器定时结束时,如果冗余ECU123一直未接收到冗余ECU121发送的另一个心跳消息,意味着第一ECU121异常,此时,冗余ECU123即可确定第一ECU121制动失效,进而冗余ECU123可切换至生效状态,即可以根据驾驶员的踩踏指示或自动驾驶系统或辅助驾驶系统的指示控制第一压力控制单元111进行制动。反之,在定时器定时结束之前,如果冗余ECU123接收到了冗余ECU121发送的另一个心跳消息,意味着第一ECU121正常,第一ECU121仍可实现制动功能,因此冗余ECU123可不切换状态,即仍处于失效状态。
另一种可能的方案中,第一ECU121和冗余ECU123可以通过LIN技术、Flexray网技术或CAN技术等方式进行通信,且第一ECU121中可以设置有检测电路,检测电路包括检测电阻,检测电阻设置在第一ECU121连接所连接的制动执行器的线路上。在第一ECU121驱动制动执行器工作时,第一ECU121还可以获得检测电阻上流过的电流值(例如可以通过电流检测器获得电流值),如果该电流值和部件工作状态下的电流值不匹配,意味着第一ECU121的制动出现异常,此时,第一ECU121即可向冗余ECU123发送生效指令,以便使冗余ECU123根据生效指令切换至生效状态。反之,如果该电流值和部件工作状态下的电流值匹配,意味着第一ECU121的制动正常,第一ECU121可继续制动,冗 余ECU123可继续失效。
示例性地,在该方案中,检测电阻的电流值和部件工作状态下的电流值匹配,可以是指检测电阻的电流值和部件工作状态下的电流值的差值不大于预设的差值阈值,检测电阻的电流值和部件工作状态下的电流值不匹配,可以是指检测电阻的电流值和部件工作状态下的电流值的差值大于预设的差值阈值。其中,部件工作状态下的电流值以及预设的差值阈值可以根据实验验证得到,也可以由本领域技术人员根据经验获得,具体不作限定。一种可能的经验获得方式中,如果部件为常开的电磁阀,则该部件在通电时会断开,在不通电时会导通,也即是说,该部件工作状态下的电流值应该是高电平对应的电流值。基于此,如果第一ECU121向该部件通电,则第一ECU121和该部件之间的线路上的电流值应该是高电平对应的电流值,但若该线路上设置的检测电阻上流过的电流值为低电平对应的电流值,说明该部件的控制过程出错,因此第一ECU121可向冗余ECU123发送生效指令。同理,如果部件为常闭的电磁阀,则该部件通电时第一ECU121和该部件之间的线路上的电流值应该是低电平对应的电流值,但若该线路上设置的检测电阻上流过的电流值为高电平对应的电流值,说明该部件的控制过程出错,因此第一ECU121也可以向冗余ECU123发送生效指令。
再一种可能的方案中,制动系统外还可以设置有中央控制器,中央控制器可以通过LIN技术、Flexray网技术或CAN技术等与制动系统中的各个ECU和传感器通信。在实施中,中央控制器在根据驾驶者的踩踏指示或自动驾驶系统或辅助驾驶系统的指示决策出要制动车辆时,可以向第一ECU121发送制动指示,以便利用第一ECU121进行车辆制动。且,在第一ECU121的制动过程中,中央控制器还可以采集车辆中的各个传感器上报的传感器数据,并根据传感器数据检测车辆的行驶状态,一旦发现车辆的行驶状态不匹配中央控制器发送给第一ECU121的制动指示,则说明第一ECU121失效,此时,中央控制器可以重新向冗余ECU123发出制动指示,以便利用冗余ECU121进行制动。之后,中央控制器可以一直使用冗余ECU123进行制动,直至接收到第一ECU121自检修复的通知消息,或检测到制动系统重启后,再重新切换至默认的第一ECU121进行制动。
其中,中央控制器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。例如,中央控制器可以是通用处理器,可以是现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),还可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD),或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或其他集成芯片。其中,中央控制器可以包括具有处理能力的元件或电路,例如包括中央处理单元(central processor unit,CPU)、神经网络处理单元(neural-network processing unit,NPU)或图形处理单元(graphics processing unit,GPU),再如,可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),和/或基带处理器等,具体不作限定。
在上述三种可能的方案中,前两种方案可以直接通过第一ECU和冗余ECU之间的交互完成制动切换,而不再需要经由上述中央控制器进行中转,进而有助于提高冗余制动的效率。而第三种方案则可以实现中央控制器对各个ECU的生效或失效状态的统一管理, 有助于提高ECU状态管理的规范性。
应理解,上述内容只是示例性地给出几种可能的切换方案,在其它示例中,第一ECU121和冗余ECU123还可以具有其它的切换方式,例如又一种切换方式中,第一ECU121在制动时,还可以向冗余ECU123发送通知消息,而冗余ECU123接收到通知消息后,即可监测与制动相关的传感器的状态信息,若确定状态信息与通知消息中指示的制动功能不匹配,则冗余ECU123可确定第一ECU121制动失效,进而冗余ECU123可直接切换至生效状态。
此外,第一ECU121、冗余ECU123以及制动系统外的其他控制单元均可以通过CAN总线连接,在需要控制制动时,其它控制单元会将控制指令发送到CAN总线上,此时第一ECU121和冗余ECU123都能够从CAN总线上获取到控制指令,而只有其中生效的ECU会执行该控制指令,如此可保证同一时段只有第一ECU121和冗余ECU123中的一个ECU制动,避免出现重复制动的问题。
本申请实施例中,油壶130是一种用于储存油液的器具,在制动时,油壶130中的油液被抽取出来后通过油壶130与第一压力控制单元111之间的油路、第一压力控制单元111与第二压力控制单元112之间的油路和第二压力控制单元112与被制动轮之间的油路被施加给被制动轮,以通过向被制动轮施压实现被制动轮的制动操作。在取消制动时,之前施加给被制动轮的油液会通过被制动轮与第二压力控制单元112之间的油路、第二压力控制单元112与第一压力控制单元111之间的油路、以及第一压力控制单元111与油壶130之间的油路回到油壶130,从而实现油液的循环利用。
本申请实施例中,主缸模块140也称为液压制动总阀,主缸模块140可以如图1中(A)或图1中(C)所示意的集成在第一压力控制单元111内,以进一步提高系统集成度,也可以如图1中(B)或图1中(D)所示意的独立于第一压力控制单元111而单独存在,以实现主缸油液的灵活控制。且,主缸模块140还可以通过油路连接第一压力控制单元111中的其它制动执行器。在实施中,主缸模块140、制动踏板150和推杆160可用于实现驾驶员的踏板感觉。举例来说,以图1中(B)所示意的结构为例,通常情况下,主缸模块140是一个活塞缸,活塞缸中存储从有油壶130中流入的油液,在驾驶员踩踏制动踏板150时,该踩踏力会驱使推杆160推动主缸模块140中的活塞杆移动,使得活塞缸中的油液被压入主缸模块140和第一压力控制单元111之间的油路,进而流入第一压力控制单元111,如此,通过将驾驶员对制动踏板150的踩踏力转变为油液的动力,能维持驾驶员脚踩踏板实现制动的感觉。反之,在驾驶员收回对制动踏板150的踩踏力时,制动踏板150会带动推杆160移动使得主缸模块140中的活塞杆归位,进而使得之前被压入主缸模块140和第一压力控制单元111之间的油路的油液以及流入第一压力控制单元111的油液回到活塞缸,如此,以维持驾驶员通过取消脚踩踏板而取消制动的感觉。
示例性地,在上述实现驾驶员的踏板感觉的第一压力控制单元111内部的油路中,还可以设置有一个或多个电磁阀,该一个或多个电磁阀的状态可由第一ECU121和冗余ECU123中的任一ECU进行控制。如此,在第一ECU121失效时,还可以及时切换至冗余ECU123继续控制该油路中的一个或多个电磁阀,以便在异常情况下也能尽量维持驾驶员对踏板的感觉不变,避免对驾驶员造成制动失常的体验而引起驾驶员的恐慌感,提高驾驶员驾驶车辆的舒适性。
进一步示例性地,第一压力控制单元111和第二压力控制单元112中通常还可以设置 有电机,第一压力控制单元111中的电机的转动可由第一ECU121和冗余ECU123中的任一ECU进行控制,或者第二压力控制单元112中的电机的转动可由冗余ECU123和冗余ECU123中的任一ECU进行控制。如此,继续以图1中(B)所示意的结构为例,当制动时(包括但不限于驾驶员踩踏制动、自动驾驶制动或辅助驾驶制动等),如果第一ECU121失效,则还可以及时切换至冗余ECU123继续控制第一压力控制单元111中的电机向着某一方向转动,以便使进入第一压力控制单元111中的油液(可以是来自于制动踏板被踩踏而压入第一压力控制单元111的油液,也可以是第一压力控制单元111通过其它油路从油壶130中获得的油液,具体不作限定)在电机的作用下经由第一压力控制单元111和第二压力控制单元112之间的油路流入第二压力控制单元112,之后在第二ECU122控制第二压力控制单元112中的电机向着某一方向转动的作用下,使得流入第二压力控制单元112的油液进而被施加给第二压力控制单元112所连接的一个或多个被制动轮,以实现对被制动轮的制动。反之,当取消制动时,在第二ECU122控制第二压力控制单元112中的电机向着另一方向转动的作用下,之前被施加给被制动轮的油液可以反向流回第二压力控制单元112,进而在冗余ECU123控制第一压力控制单元111中的电机向着另一方向转动的过程中,流入第二压力控制单元112的油液经由第一压力控制单元111和第二压力控制单元112之间的油路反向回到第一压力控制单元111,之后回到主缸模块140或油壶130。
进一步示例性地,在实现上述被制动轮制动的第一压力控制单元111内部的油路中,还可以设置有一个或多个电磁阀,且该一个或多个电磁阀的状态可由第一ECU121和冗余ECU123中的任一ECU进行控制。如此,在第一ECU121失效时,还可以及时切换至冗余ECU123继续控制该油路中的一个或多个电磁阀,以便在异常情况下也能继续维持油液在制动过程中的油路流动,或者继续维持油液在取消制动过程中的油路反向流动,实现冗余制动。
进一步地示例性地,第二压力控制单元112可以连接全部被制动轮,也可以连接部分被制动轮。例如,以车辆为例,一种可能的示例中,继续参照图1所示,假设车辆存在四个被制动轮,即左前轮(left front wheel,LFW)(即图1所示意的FL对应的轮)、左后轮(left rear wheel,LRW)(即图1所示意的RL对应的轮)、右前轮(right front wheel,RFW)(即图1所示意的FR对应的轮)、右后轮(right rear wheel,RRW)(即图1所示意的RR对应的轮),则第二压力控制单元112可以和车辆的四个被制动轮通过四路油路实现一一连接。如此,在制动过程中,制动系统可以根据当前的制动功能,选择所连接的被制动轮中的一个或多个进行制动,例如在实现基础制动功能时可以对所连接的全部被制动轮进行制动以尽快减速车辆,而在实现牵引力制动系统功能时则可以只对当前出现打滑现象的被制动轮进行制动,以在减轻打滑现象的同时继续行车。
需要说明的是,上述压力控制单元中除了可以包括电机和/或电磁阀以外,还可以包括液压阀及各类传感器,诸如压力传感器、流量传感器及电机位置传感器等。相应地,上述ECU中可以包括电磁阀驱动器、电机驱动器以及各种信号处理器及控制输出接口等。如此,ECU在执行制动的过程中,还可以接收各类传感器的测量或检测信号,根据这些测量或检测信号确定出当前的环境条件、驾驶员输入及制动系统状态等信息,之后通过计算和判断后续的制动方式,以改变或继续控制压力控制单元的制动特性。
示例性地,图2示出本申请实施例提供的一种可能的产品形态图,其中:
图2中(A)示出的是主缸模块140集成在第一压力控制单元121中的结构图。当该 结构是图1中(A)所示意的结构时,模块1可以是集成有第一压力控制单元111、第一ECU121和冗余ECU123的总成模块,且第一压力控制单元111中集成有主缸模块140,模块2是集成有第二压力控制单元112和第二ECU122的总成模块,模块1和模块2联合油壶130、推杆160和制动踏板150构成制动系统。当该结构是图1中(C)所示意的结构时,模块1是集成有第一压力控制单元112和第一ECU121的总成模块,且第一压力控制单元112中集成有主缸模块140,模块2是集成有第二压力控制单元111、第二ECU122和冗余ECU123的总成模块,模块1和模块2联合油壶130、推杆160和制动踏板150构成制动系统。
图2中(B)示出的是主缸模块140独立于第一压力控制单元121而存在的结构图。当该结构是图1中(B)所示意的结构时,模块1是集成有第一压力控制单元111、第一ECU121和冗余ECU123的总成模块,模块2是集成有第二压力控制单元112和第二ECU122的总成模块,模块1和模块2联合油壶130、主缸模块140、推杆和制动踏板150构成制动系统。当该结构是图1中(D)所示意的结构时,模块1是集成有第二压力控制单元112和第一ECU121的总成模块,模块2是集成有第一压力控制单元111、第二ECU122和冗余ECU123的总成模块,模块1和模块2联合油壶130、主缸模块140、推杆和制动踏板150构成制动系统。
需要说明的是,上述内容只是以同一制动执行器对应两个用于控制的ECU为例介绍,在实际操作中,同一制动执行器还可以对应三个或三个以上的ECU,如此,即使制动执行器所对应的两个ECU都故障,制动系统也能及时切换至第三个ECU继续驱动该制动执行器,以进一步提高冗余制动能力。此外,上述内容只是以第一压力控制单元111对应两个ECU为例进行介绍,在实际操作中,第二压力控制单元112也可以对应至少两个ECU,如此,在第二ECU122失效的情况下,通过切换至第二压力控制单元112中的其它ECU,也能维持第二压力控制单元112的制动能力,相关的实现方式可直接参照上述内容,本申请对此不作具体限定。
在上述实施例一中,通过对同一制动执行器设置至少两个用于控制的ECU,能在其中部分ECU失效的情况下,利用另一部分ECU完成对该制动执行器的冗余控制,该方式通过额外设置的ECU即可实现冗余制动,而不需要额外设置一套新的压力控制单元和对应的ECU,如此有助于降低在制动系统中添加冗余备份的复杂程度,进而有助于降低整车安装布置的困难程度及所需的成本。且,上述实施例一中的至少两个压力控制单元能实现至少两重冗余制动,而通过至少两个ECU控制同一压力控制单元中的同一制动执行器,相当于在至少两重冗余制动基础上,进一步实现了至少三重冗余制动,至少三重冗余制动可以适配于L2~L4级乃至更高级的自动驾驶系统。可见,上述实施例一能通过设置尽可能少的部件增加至少两重冗余制动的车辆的冗余重数,有助于在节省成本及降低整车布局复杂性的基础上,进一步提高制动系统的冗余制动能力。
本申请实施例中,第一压力控制单元111和第二压力控制单元112可以单独完成制动系统的制动功能,也可以协同完成制动系统的制动功能,且第一压力控制单元111能完成的制动功能与第二压力控制单元112能完成的制动功能可以相同,也可以不同,具体不作限定。其中,制动系统的制动功能可以包括但不限于如下功能中的一种或多种:
基础制动功能(basic braking function,BBF):BBF适用于OneBox制动系统,OneBox制动系统是指将所有的制动功能集成在单个机械总成内的制动系统,该制动系统取消了真 空助力器,改为使用移动活塞缸进行增压,以响应驾驶员的制动意图。
防抱死制动系统(anti-lock brake system,ABS):通常情况下,车辆在紧急制动或在冰雪路面制动时,车辆的车轮会趋于抱死,导致车辆的制动距离增加,甚至会使车辆失去转向目标。而ABS可以根据车轮的抱死情况,适当减小趋于抱死的车轮处的制动力,以实现防抱死功能。
牵引力控制系统(traction control system,TCS):通常情况下,车辆在冰雪路面行驶或车辆的某一车轮陷入泥泞路面时,车轮会出现打滑现象,导致车辆无法正常行驶。而TCS可以根据车轮的打滑情况,适当减小驱动力或对打滑车轮施加制动力,以减弱车轮打滑的现象,保证车辆正常行驶。
电子稳定性控制系统(electronic stability control system,ESC):ESC也称为电子稳定程序(electronic stability program,ESP),可以接收传感器收集的车辆信息,根据车辆信息判断车辆的失稳情况,当确定车辆趋于失稳时,对单个车轮或部分车轮施加制动力,以获取使车辆稳定的横摆力矩,实现稳定车辆的目的。
自动紧急刹车(autonomous emergency braking,AEB):AEB可以在车辆的行驶过程中检测车辆与前方车辆或障碍物的距离,并将检测的距离分别与警报距离和安全距离进行比较(警报距离大于安全距离),当检测距离小于警报距离时进行警报提示,当检测距离小于安全距离时自动制动车辆,如此,即使驾驶员还没有来得及踩踏制动踏板,通过AEB自动制动,也能保证行车安全。
自适应巡航控制(adaptive cruise control,ACC):ACC是指在按设定车速进行巡航控制的车辆中增加了与前方车辆保持合理间距控制功能的系统,通常具有定速巡航功能、跟随巡航功能、弯道巡航功能、驾驶模式选择功能、智慧过弯功能和智能限速功能等,并可通过制动系统和驱动系统控制车辆的速度,以实现上述各个功能。
附加功能(value added function,VAF):VAF是指除上述几种制动功能以外的其它制动功能的统称,主要作用包括以下几点:响应ADS/ADAS的控制请求,提供ABP、AEB、APA、AWB、CDD Stop&Go及VLC等控制接口,以满足ADS/ADAS对车辆驱动和制动的控制要求;保障驾驶员的舒适性及安全性的驾驶保障,主要有AVH、BDW、HAZ、HBA、HDC、HFC、HRB、HSA等功能,适用于坡起、下坡、长时间制动及制动盘过热等工况。
为便于理解,下面示例性地以冗余ECU123只连接一个压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器为例,通过一个具体的示例介绍本申请实施例中制动系统及上述制动功能的应用。
图3示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种未应用上述冗余制动方案之前的制动系统的具体结构示意图,如图3所示,该制动系统中包括油壶130、第一模块和第二模块,油壶130和第一模块之间、以及第一模块和第二模块之间均通过三路制动油管相连。第一模块中集成有如下部件:ECU10、电机M1、电机位置传感器E1、电磁阀P1、主缸模块140、推杆、制动踏板150、踏板行程传感器E2、电磁阀P2、踏板模拟器、电磁阀P3、主缸压力传感器E3、电磁阀P4、移动活塞缸、单向阀K1、制动回路压力传感器E4、电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6,第一模块中的各个部件通过图3所示意的制动油管连接,且第一模块中的ECU10连接第一模块中的其它全部部件,用于获得第一模块中的各个传感器采集到的状态信息,并能控制电机M1及第一模块中的全部电磁阀P1~P6。第一模块的主要作用是增压功能,可实现车辆的BBF和AEB等VAF功能。相应地,第二模块中集成有如下部件:ECU20、电机M2、单向泵S1、单向阀K2、储能器、电磁阀P7、电磁阀P8、电磁阀P9、电磁阀 P10、电磁阀P11、电磁阀P12、单向泵S2、单向阀K3、电磁阀P13、电磁阀P14、电磁阀P15、电磁阀P16、电磁阀P17和电磁阀P18,第二模块中的各个部件通过图3所示意的制动油管连接,且第二模块中的ECU20连接第二模块中的其它全部部件,用于控制电机M2及第二模块中的全部电磁阀P7~P18。其中,第二模块的主要作用是轮缸压力控制,可实现车辆的ESC、ABS及TCS等功能。此外,虽然图3中未进行示意,但油壶130中还可以集成有液位传感器,第二模块中还可以集成有各类压力传感器,ECU10和ECU20通过CAN或者其它通信方式进行通讯,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
进一步地,在将本申请实施例中的冗余制动方案应用在图3所示意的制动系统时,可以设计一个冗余的ECU30,该冗余的ECU30可以按照如下任一方式应用,并可以通过CAN或者其它通信方式与ECU10和ECU20进行通讯,以获得冗余制动方案:
一种可能的应用方式中,图4示出本申请实施例提供的一种应用冗余制动方案之后的制动系统的具体结构示意图,如图4所示,在该示例中,冗余的ECU30可以应用于第一模块,且,在应用后的第一模块中,冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU10共同接入电机M1和电磁阀P2~P6,接入方式可以参照如下实施例三,此处先不作具体介绍。且,由于第一模块中的电磁阀P1用于质检,与制动功能的控制过程相关性不大,因此冗余的ECU30可不接入电磁阀P1,以减轻共同接入的复杂程度。
在图4所示意的制动系统中,由于冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU10同时接入电磁阀P2、P3和P4,因此,在ECU10失效时,如果驾驶员踩踏了踏板,虽然ECU10无法再实现驾驶员的踏板感觉,但仍能由冗余的ECU30获取到踏板行程传感器E2检测到的踏板踩踏信息,并根据该踏板踩踏信息控制电磁阀P2导通、电磁阀P3和电磁阀P4关断,以便于主缸模块140中的油液能随着驾驶员的踩踏顺利流入踏板模拟器,维持驾驶员踩踏板制动的感觉不变,保证驾驶员舒适性和踏板感的一致性。
在图4所示意的制动系统中,由于冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU10同时接入电磁阀P5和P6,因此,在ECU10失效时,如果当前需要对被制动轮主动增压,虽然ECU10无法再通过控制电机M1和电磁阀P5~P6将油液传输至第二模块,但仍能由冗余的ECU30控制电机M1沿着第一方向转动,以及根据电机位置传感器E1采集到的电机位置信息校准电机M1的转动方向及转速等,并控制电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6都导通。如此,电机M1沿着第一方向的转动可以推动移动活塞缸中的活塞杆向图示右侧方向移动,从而将移动活塞缸中的油液(该油液是经由油壶130和单向阀K1所构成的制动管道中流入移动活塞缸中的)推入电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6,进而经由导通的电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6流入第一模块和第二模块之间的两个制动油管,之后经由ECU20对第二模块中的电机M2和电磁阀P7~P18的控制,使得两个制动油管中的油液施加给被制动轮,以实现被制动轮的主动增压。
此外,由于图4所示意的制动系统中的移动活塞缸为单向移动活塞缸,因此,冗余的ECU30在根据电机位置传感器E1采集到的电机位置信息,确定出移动活塞缸中的活塞杆被推到图示最右侧后,需要控制电机M1沿着第二方向转动,并控制电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6都断开。如此,电机M1沿着第二方向的转动可以带动活塞杆向着图示左侧方向移动,使得油壶130中的油液经由单向阀K1所在的制动油路流入移动活塞缸。且,移动过程中,由于被制动轮中不再有新加入的油液,因此被制动轮的增压过程中断,直至移动到最左侧时,移动活塞缸中重新充满油液,冗余的ECU30再通过上述过程控制电机M1和电磁阀P5~P6,继续对被制动轮进行增压。
假设ECU10为第一模块中默认生效的ECU,则图4所示意的制动系统可以实现如下任一工作模式:
工作模式一,在ECU10和ECU20均未失效时,ECU10和ECU20协同实现车辆的制动功能。具体来说,ECU10可以通过控制第一模块中的电机M1和电磁阀P2~P6,以维持驾驶员的踏板感觉或实现被制动轮的主动增压,ECU20可以通过控制第二模块中的电机M2和电磁阀P7~P18,以实现轮缸压力的独立控制。该工作模式下,制动系统可以具有BBF、ABS、TCS、ESC和VAF等全功能。此外,ECU10还可以通过控制电磁阀P1,实现对制动系统的质检。
工作模式二,在ECU10失效且ECU30和ECU20未失效时,ECU30和ECU20协同实现车辆的制动功能。具体来说,ECU30可以通过控制第一模块中的电机M1和电磁阀P2~P6,以维持驾驶员的踏板感觉或实现被制动轮的主动增压,ECU20可以通过控制第二模块中的电机M2和电磁阀P7~P18,以实现轮缸压力的独立控制。该工作模式下,制动系统仍然可以具有BBF、ABS、TCS、ESC和VAF等全功能。但由于ECU30未接入电磁阀P1,因此该制动系统无法实现质检。
工作模式三,在ECU10和ECU20都失效且ECU30未失效时,ECU30单独实现车辆的制动功能。由于ECU30可以控制第一模块中的电机M1和电磁阀P2~P6,来实现主动增压功能。该情况下,制动系统仍能具有BBF和部分AEB等VAF功能,而BBF和部分AEB等VAF功能至少能提供0.6g的减速度,该减速度能适用于大部分的紧急制动场景。可见,虽然制动系统中的原有ECU10和ECU20都失效,导致制动系统无法提供最大的减速度,但冗余的ECU30也能保证车辆在多种场景下的紧急制动需求。
应理解,在ECU30和ECU20都失效且ECU10未失效时,ECU10可以单独实现车辆的制动功能,该方案的具体实现方式与上述工作模式三相同,此处不再一一重复赘述。
另一种可能的应用方式中,图5示出本申请实施例提供的另一种应用冗余制动方案之后的制动系统的具体结构示意图,在该示例中,冗余的ECU30参照上述图4所示意的方式进行部署,从而也能实现与图4中相同的冗余制动功能。两种制动系统的区别在于:
图4中的移动活塞缸为单向移动活塞缸,而图5中的移动活塞缸为双向移动活塞缸,参照图5所示,第一模块中还包括电磁阀P19,双向移动活塞缸在图示位置g处通过制动油管连接电磁阀P19后再经由制动油管连接电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6,且,双向移动活塞缸中除了在图示位置d处通过制动油管连接单向阀K1和油壶130以外,还会在图示位置e处通过制动油管连接油壶130,以及在图示位置f处通过制动油管连接电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6。且,在图5所示意的制动系统中,第一模块中原有的ECU10和冗余的ECU30还会同时接入电磁阀P19。如此,在确定要对被制动轮主动增压时,冗余的ECU30控制电机M1沿着第一方向转动,并控制电磁阀P19、电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6都导通,电机M1沿着第一方向的转动带动活塞杆向着图示右侧方向移动,该移动一方面使得双向移动活塞缸的右侧缸体中的油液通过位置g推入电磁阀P19,进而经由导通的电磁阀19进入电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6,之后经由导通的电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6流入第一模块和第二模块之间的两个制动油管,另一方面使得油壶130中的油液通过制动油路在位置e处流入双向移动活塞缸的左侧缸体。且,冗余的ECU30在根据电机位置传感器E1采集到的电机位置信息,确定出双向移动活塞缸中的活塞杆被推到图示最右侧后,控制电机M1沿着第二方向转动,并控制电磁阀P19、电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6都断开。如此,电机M1沿着第二方向的转动会带 动活塞杆向着图示左侧方向移动,该移动一方面使得油壶130中的油液经由单向阀K1所在的制动油管在位置处流入双向移动活塞缸的右侧缸体,另一方面使得双向移动活塞缸的左侧缸体中的油液在图示位置f处流出,进而经由制动油管流入电磁阀P5和电磁阀P6,之后通过导通的电磁阀5和电磁阀P6流入第一模块和第二模块之间的两个制动油管。可见,虽然采用双向移动活塞缸的方案比采用单向移动活塞缸的方案需要多设置一个电磁阀P19,但在双向移动活塞缸的方案中,无论是活塞杆向左侧移动还是向右侧移动,被制动轮中都能持续不断的加入油液,有助于实现被制动轮的双向连续建压,有效提高被制动轮建压的速度。
再一种可能的应用方式中,图6示出本申请实施例提供的另一种应用冗余制动方案之后的制动系统的具体结构示意图,如图6所示,在该示例中,冗余的ECU30可以应用于第二模块,且,在应用后的第二模块中,冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU20共同接入电磁阀P9~P12和电磁阀P15~P18,接入方式可以参照如下实施例三,此处先不作具体介绍。且,第二模块中的电磁阀P7和电磁阀P14属于常开的电磁阀,电磁阀P8和电磁阀P13属于常闭的电磁阀,也即是,在电磁阀P7、P8、P13和P14不通电的情况下,也能成功将第一模块中传输过来的油液传输至电磁阀P9、P10、P15和P16,因此电磁阀P7、P8、P13和P14的控制与否与制动功能的相关性相对来说不是很大,因此冗余的ECU30可不接入电磁阀P7、P8、P13和P14,以减轻共同接入的复杂程度。
在图6所示意的制动系统中,假设第一模块中的ECU10未失效,使得油液能够通过第一模块流入第二模块中的电磁阀P8和电磁阀P13,由于冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU20同时接入电磁阀P9、P10、P15和P16,因此,在ECU20失效时,如果要实现轮缸压力的独立控制,虽然ECU20无法再进行控制,但仍能通过冗余的ECU30对电磁阀P9、电磁阀P10、电磁阀P15和电磁阀P16的开度进行控制,以便使需要施加高压的被制动轮所连接的电磁阀具有较大的开度,进而使得流入至该电磁阀的油液尽可能多地通过该电磁阀进入被制动轮,实现被制动轮的高压制动,以及使需要施加低压的被制动轮所连接的电磁阀具有较小的开度,进而使得流入至该电磁阀的油液尽可能少地通过该电磁阀进入被制动轮,实现被制动轮的低压制动。
在图6所示意的制动系统中,假设第一模块中的ECU10失效,使得油液无法通过第一模块流入第二模块中的电磁阀P8和电磁阀P13,由于冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU20同时接入电磁阀P11、P12、P17和P18,因此,在ECU20失效时,如果要实现轮缸压力的独立控制,虽然ECU20无法再进行控制,但仍能通过冗余的ECU30对电磁阀P11、P12、P17和P18的导通和关断进行控制,以便使需要施压制动的被制动轮所连接的电磁阀导通,进而使得油壶130中的油液能通过导通的该电磁阀进入被制动轮,实现被制动轮的建压制动,以及使不需要施压的被制动轮所连接的电磁阀断开,进而使得油壶130中的油液通过断开的该电磁阀无法进入被制动轮。应理解,冗余的ECU30还可以控制电磁阀P11、P12、P17和P18的开度,以便控制对被制动轮FL、RR、RL和FR的施压大小,具体实现请参照上述内容,此处不再重复介绍。
示例性地,冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU20还可以同时接入第二模块中的电机M2,如此,在ECU20失效时,如果油壶130和第一模块中的ECU10都出现问题,导致油液既无法通过油壶130进入第二模块,也无法通过第一模块进入第二模块,此时,仍能通过冗余的ECU30控制电机M2的转动,带动单向泵S1和单向泵S2工作,进而由单向泵S1和 单向泵S2将第二模块的储能器中储存的油液经由制动油管和单向阀K2吸入到电磁阀P9、P10、P15和P16,通过冗余的ECU30对电磁阀P9、P10、P15和P16的开度的控制,实现对各个被制动轮的独立增压控制。
再一种可能的应用方式中,图7示出本申请实施例提供的再一种应用冗余制动方案之后的制动系统的具体结构示意图,在该示例中,冗余的ECU30参照上述图6所示意的方式进行部署,从而也能实现与图6中相同的冗余制动功能。两种制动系统的区别在于:图6中的移动活塞缸为单向移动活塞缸,而图7中的移动活塞缸为双向移动活塞缸,因此,图6中的应用方案能够节省一个电磁阀,且能够简化移动活塞缸的结构复杂度,有助于节省冗余设计的成本,而图7中的应用方案可以实现对被制动轮的双向连续建压,有助于提高建压的速度。关于双向移动活塞缸与单向移动活塞缸的区别,请直接参照上述图4和图5,此处不再重复一一赘述。
需要说明的是,上述内容只是示例性地给出几种冗余ECU的可能应用方式,本申请实施例还可以采用其它方式应用冗余ECU,例如在将冗余的ECU30应用在第二模块中时,还可以使冗余的ECU30和原有的ECU20同时接入第二模块中的电机M2和全部的电磁阀P7~P18,以进一步实现对第二模块原本能实现的全部制动功能的冗余。可能的应用方式有很多,此处不再一一列举。
此外,本申请实施例中的冗余制动方案还可以兼容于现有的任一种制动系统,包括但不限于不具有冗余制动功能的制动系统、具有两重冗余制动功能的制动系统、以及具有三重或三重以上冗余制动功能的制动系统,示例性地可以应用于IPB+RBU构型或iBooster+ESC等,相关实现内容请参照上述实施例一,本申请对此不作具体介绍。
本申请实施例还提供一种集成装置,该集成装置可以将至少两个ECU集成在一个或多个印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)上,并能实现较高的集成度。其中,该集成装置可以应用于终端设备,终端设备可以是智能设备,包括但不限于:智能家居设备,诸如电视、扫地机器人、智能台灯、音响系统、智能照明系统、电器控制系统、家庭背景音乐、家庭影院系统、对讲系统、视频监控等;智能运输设备,诸如汽车、轮船、无人机、火车、货车、卡车等;智能制造设备,诸如机器人、工业设备、智能物流、智能工厂等。或者,终端设备也可以是计算机设备,例如台式机、个人计算机、服务器等。还应当理解的是,终端设备也可以是便携式电子设备,诸如手机、平板电脑、掌上电脑、耳机、音响、穿戴设备(如智能手表)、车载设备、虚拟现实设备、增强现实设备等。便携式电子设备的示例包括但不限于搭载
Figure PCTCN2021132875-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021132875-appb-000002
或者其它操作系统的便携式电子设备。上述便携式电子设备也可以是诸如具有触敏表面(例如触控面板)的膝上型计算机(Laptop)等。
下面通过实施例二对该集成装置的可能结构进行详细地介绍。
【实施例二】
图8示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种集成装置的结构示意图,如图8所示,该示例中,集成装置中包括ECU1(即第一ECU)、ECU2(即第二ECU)、PCB1(即第一PCB)、PCB(即第二PCB)和板间连接器。其中,ECU1和ECU2中的功率大于功率阈值的第一类型器件设置于PCB1,ECU1和ECU2中的功率不大于功率阈值的第二类型器件设置于PCB2,且PCB1上的任一ECU中的第一类型器件还通过板间连接器连接PCB2上的ECU 中的第二类型器件,即PCB1上的ECU1中的第一类型器件通过板间连接器连接PCB2上的ECU1中的第二类型器件,PCB1上的ECU2中的第一类型器件通过板间连接器连接PCB2上的ECU2中的第二类型器件。如此,通过在一个PCB上集成大功率器件,在另一个PCB上集成小功率器件,不仅能实现对大功率器件和小功率器件的分类管理,还能通过分散部署两个ECU中的全部部件,使得每个PCB所承载的部件数量减少,进而减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重。
为便于理解,下文将第一类型器件称为大功率器件,将第二类型器件称为小功率器件,即,下文中所出现的“大功率器件”可以直接替换为“第一类型器件”,下文中所出现的“小功率器件”可以直接替换为“第二类型器件”。
示例性地,小功率器件相比于大功率器件通常会具有更小的尺寸和更小的重量,因此,部署小功率器件的PCB2的幅面面积可以设置为比部署大功率器件的PCB1的幅面面积小,且部署小功率器件的PCB2的承重相比于部署大功率器件的PCB1的承重也会更低。如此,通过进一步降低PCB2的幅面面积,能在使用PCB2承载小功率器件的基础上,提高PCB2的幅面的利用率,进一步提高集成装置的集成度。
示例性地,继续参照图8所示,集成装置中还可以包括支撑架,PCB1和PCB2通过支撑架固定连接,以确保PCB1和PCB2的相对位置不变。其中,通过支撑架固定连接PCB1和PCB2的方式有很多,例如,一个示例中,如图8所示,支撑架位于最顶层,PCB2位于最底层,PCB1位于支撑架和PCB2的中间,且PCB1上开孔,支撑架穿过开孔固定连接PCB1和PCB2。采用该示例中的部署方案,承载小功率器件的PCB2的图示下方一侧可不放置其它板件,如此有助于PCB2的散热。当然,在其它示例中,如果不考虑散热,支撑架也可以位于最后一层,或者位于PCB1和PCB2的中间一层,或者支撑架也可以通过胶水粘贴等方式固定连接PCB1和PCB2,而无需再在PCB1上开孔,以便进一步增大PCB1的有效可用面积。
示例性地,当支撑架通过开孔固定连接PCB1和PCB2时,该开孔可以是在图8所示意的位置a1、位置b1和位置c1,以便通过均衡开孔位置提高固定连接PCB1和PCB2的稳定性。
示例性地,继续参照图8所示,集成装置中还可以包括壳体,支撑架、PCB1和PCB2放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。该示例中,由于小功率器件产生的热量相对较少,因此,通过使集成小功率器件的PCB2紧靠壳体,还有助于通过壳体增大PCB2的散热面积,进一步提高PCB2的散热效果。
示例性地,继续参照图8所示,大功率器件可以设置于PCB1的相对于支撑架的面,小功率器件可以设置于PCB2的相对于PCB1的面。如此,通过在PCB1和PCB2的同一方向的面上部署大功率器件和小功率器件,还能有助于设置大功率器件和小功率器件之间的走线,降低实现集成的复杂程度。
示例性地,继续参照图8所示,集成装置中还可以包括阀体,阀体也称为混合集成单元(hybrid combining unit,HCU),用于容置受控部件。其中,受控部件可以如图8所示意的包括电机、电磁阀和传感器中的一项或多项,当然还可以包括其它外围器件,具体不作限定。该情况下,每个ECU中的大功率器件可以包括受控部件的驱动器,每个ECU中的小功率器件可以包括微控制器,且ECU1中的微控制器和ECU2中的微控制器还可以通过PCB2上的走线实现连接,以便实现ECU1和ECU2的通信,进而实现ECU1和ECU2 对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
示例性地,继续参照图8所示,当受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器时,每个ECU中的第一类型器件可以包括电机的驱动器和电磁阀的驱动器,每个ECU中的第二类型器件可以包括微控制器和传感器的接口,该情况下,PCB2上的每个ECU中的微控制器可以通过PCB2上的走线连接PCB2上的该ECU中的传感器的接口,并通过板间连接器连接PCB1上的该ECU中的电机的驱动器和电磁阀的驱动器,且PCB2上的ECU1中的微控制器还可以通过PCB2上的走线连接PCB2上的ECU2中的微控制器。其中,传感器可以包括如图8所示意的包括电机位置传感器、压力传感器和踏板行程传感器,当然还可以包括其它传感器,具体不作限定。该示例中,阀体中的电机和电磁阀还可以引脚插接或通过接口点接在PCB1上的每个ECU的电机的驱动器和电磁阀的驱动器上,而阀体中的传感器还可以通过引脚插接在板间连接器后通过板间连接器的走线连接PCB2上的每个ECU的传感器的接口。且,支撑架还可以设置在电机、电磁阀和传感器的点接接口或插接接口的图示下方一侧,以便在支撑PCB1和PCB2的同时,同步起到支撑受控部件的目的,以维持受控部件与PCB上的器件的点接或插接的连接稳定性。
进一步示例性地,在实现ECU1和ECU2的联合冗余控制时,传感器的采集信息会通过板间连接器同步传输给PCB2上的ECU1中的传感器的接口和ECU2中的传感器的接口。假设当前用于控制的ECU为ECU1,则PCB2上的ECU1中的传感器的接口所接收到的采集信息进一步通过PCB2上的走线传输给ECU1中的微控制器,以便于ECU1中的微控制器利用采集信息决策出下一步的控制方式。假设下一步的控制方式为驱动电机转动时,则PCB2上的ECU1中的微控制器进而可通过板间连接器将对应的控制消息发送给PCB1上的ECU1中的电机的驱动器,进而由电机的驱动器通过插接或点接的走线传输至电机对应的引脚,以驱动电机转动。同理,若下一步的控制方式为驱动电磁阀工作,则PCB2上的ECU1中的微控制器进而可通过板间连接器将对应的控制消息发送给PCB1上的ECU1中的电磁阀的驱动器,之后由电磁阀的驱动器通过插接或点接的走线传输至电磁阀对应的引脚,以驱动电磁阀导通或断开。且,由于ECU2当前并未用于控制,因此即使传感器的采集信息能够达到ECU2的传感器接口,ECU2也不会接收该采集信息,进而也不会利用该传感器信息执行控制操作。
示例性地,考虑到ECU1中的微控制器和ECU2中的微控制器还需要与集成装置以外的器件进行通信,因此,PCB2上可以设置有第一连接器和第二连接器,ECU1中的微控制器通过第一连接器连接集成装置以外的其它通信单元,而ECU2中的微控制器通过第二连接器连接集成装置以外的其它通信单元。其中,第一连接器和第二连接器的外在呈现可以是接口,接口不限于USB或Type-C等。
采用如图8所示意的集成装置,通过在一个PCB上集成大功率器件,在另一个PCB上集成小功率器件,不仅能实现对大功率器件和小功率器件的分类管理,还能通过分散部署两个ECU中的全部部件,使得每个PCB所承载的部件数量减少,进而减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重。且,通过使部署小功率器件的PCB2紧贴壳体,还有助于通过壳体增大PCB2的散热面积,进一步提高PCB2的散热效果。
图9示例性示出本申请实施例提供的另一种集成装置的结构示意图,如图9所示,该示例中,集成装置中包括ECU1(即第一ECU)、ECU2(即第二ECU)、PCB1(即第一PCB)、PCB2(即第二PCB)和支撑架,PCB1和PCB2通过支撑架固定连接。其中,ECU1中的 器件设置于PCB1,ECU2中的器件设置于PCB2。如此,通过将两个ECU中的部件分别集成在不同的PCB,不仅能减少每个PCB所承载的部件数量,进而有助于减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重,还能实现两个ECU在物理结构上的解耦,便于集成装置的开发和设计。
示例性地,继续参照图9所示,集成装置中还可以包括壳体,支撑架、PCB1和PCB2放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,壳体能够起到固定支撑架的作用,以便依靠壳体的稳固特性,提高固定连接PCB1和PCB2的稳定性。
示例性地,继续参照图9所示,支撑架位于最顶层,PCB2位于最底层,PCB1位于支撑架和PCB2的中间,且PCB1上开孔,支撑架穿过开孔固定连接PCB1和PCB2。其中,开孔示例性地可以是在图9所示意的位置a2、位置b2和位置c3,以便通过均衡开孔提高固定连接的准确性。采用该示例中的部署方案,PCB2的图示下方一侧可紧靠壳体,因此还能通过壳体增大PCB2的散热面积,进一步提高PCB2的散热效果。
应理解,上述支撑架、PCB1和PCB2在壳体中的部署方式只是一种示例,支撑架、PCB1和PCB2在壳体中还可以采用其它部署方式。例如,另一种示例中,支撑架位于最顶层,PCB1位于最底层,PCB2位于支撑架和PCB1的中间,如此,PCB2的图示下方一侧可紧靠壳体,进而可通过壳体增大PCB1的散热面积,提高PCB1的散热效果。又例如,再一种示例中,PCB1位于最顶层,PCB2位于最底层,支撑架位于PCB1和PCB2的中间,如此,PCB1的图示上方一侧和PCB2的图示下方一侧均可紧靠壳体,进而可通过壳体增大PCB1和PCB2的散热面积,提高PCB1和PCB2的散热效果。可能的部署方式有很多,此处不再一一列举。
示例性地,继续参照图9所示,集成装置还可以包括板间连接器,每个ECU中的器件可以包括微控制器,且ECU1中的微控制器通过板间连接器连接ECU2中的微控制器,以便实现两个PCB上的两个ECU之间的通信。
示例性地,继续参照图9所示,ECU1上的器件可以设置于PCB1的相对于支撑架的面,ECU2上的器件可以设置于PCB2的相对于PCB1的面。如此,通过在PCB1和PCB2的同一方向的面上部署ECU1中的器件和ECU2中的器件,还能便于在板间连接器中设置ECU1的器件和ECU2的器件之间的走线,如ECU1中的微控制器和ECU2中的微控制器的走线,降低集成的复杂程度。
示例性地,继续参照图9所示,集成装置还可以包括阀体,阀体也称为HCU,用于容置受控部件。其中,受控部件可以如图9所示意的包括电机、电磁阀和传感器中的一项或多项,当然还可以包括其它外围器件,具体不作限定。该情况下,每个ECU中的器件可以包括受控部件的驱动器和微控制器,ECU1中的微控制器可以通过PCB1上的走线连接ECU1中的受控部件的驱动器,ECU2中的微控制器可以通过PCB2上的走线连接ECU2中的受控部件的驱动器,且ECU1中的微控制器和ECU2中的微控制器还可以通过板间连接器实现连接,以实现ECU1和ECU2对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
示例性地,继续参照图9所示,当受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器时,每个ECU中的器件可以包括电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器、微控制器和传感器的接口,该情况下,PCB1上的ECU1中的微控制器可以通过PCB1上的走线连接PCB1上的ECU1中的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,PCB2上的ECU2中的微控制器可以通过PCB2上的走线连接PCB2上的ECU2中的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,且 PCB1上的ECU1中的微控制器还通过板间连接器连接PCB2上的ECU2中的微控制器。其中,传感器可以包括如图9所示意的包括电机位置传感器、压力传感器和踏板行程传感器,当然还可以包括其它传感器,具体不作限定。该示例中,阀体中的电机、电磁阀和传感器还可以通过引脚插接或通过接口点接在PCB1上的ECU1的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口上,以及通过引脚插接或通过接口点接在板间连接器后通过板间连接器中的走线连接PCB2上的ECU2的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口。且,支撑架还可以设置在电机、电磁阀和传感器的点接接口或插接接口的图示下方一侧,以便在支撑PCB1和PCB2的同时,同步起到支撑受控部件的目的,以维持受控部件与PCB上的器件的点接或插接的连接稳定性。
进一步示例性地,在实现ECU1和ECU2的联合冗余控制时,传感器的采集信息一方面可以通过传感器的引脚传输至PCB1上的ECU1中的传感器的接口,另一方面可以通过板间连接器传输至PCB2上的ECU2中的传感器的接口。假设ECU2是当前用于控制的ECU,则ECU2可获得传感器接口接收到的采集信息,进而通过PCB2上的走线传输给PCB2上的ECU2中的微控制器,该微控制器利用采集信息决策出下一步的控制方式。当下一步的控制方式为驱动电机转动时,PCB2上的ECU2中的微控制器可以通过PCB2上的走线将对应的控制消息发送至PCB2上的ECU2中的电机的驱动器,之后由该电机的驱动器传输至电机对应的引脚,以驱动电机转动。同理,当下一步的控制方式为驱动电磁阀工作时,PCB2上的ECU2中的微控制器可以通过PCB2上的走线将对应的控制消息发送至PCB2上的ECU2中的电磁阀的驱动器,之后由电磁阀的驱动器传输至电磁阀对应的引脚,以驱动电磁阀导通或断开。且,由于ECU1当前并未用于控制,因此即使传感器的采集信息能够达到PCB1上的ECU1中的传感器的接口,ECU1也不会接收该采集信息,进而也不会利用该传感器信息执行控制操作。
示例性地,考虑到ECU1中的微控制器和ECU2中的微控制器还需要与集成装置以外的器件进行通信,因此,PCB1上还可以设置有第一连接器,ECU1中的微控制器通过第一连接器连接集成装置以外的其它通信单元,以实现ECU1与其它通信单元的通信交互;相应地,PCB2上还可以设置有第二连接器,ECU2中的微控制器通过第二连接器连接集成装置以外的其它通信单元,以实现ECU2与其它通信单元的通信交互。其中,第一连接器和第二连接器的外在呈现可以是接口,接口不限于USB或Type-C等。
采用如图9所示意的集成装置,通过将两个ECU中的部件分别集成在不同的PCB,不仅能减少每个PCB所承载的部件数量,进而有助于减小每个PCB的幅面面积,降低每个PCB的承重,还能实现两个ECU在物理结构上的解耦,便于集成装置的开发和设计。且,通过分层部署两个PCB,还能提高靠近壳体的PCB的散热效果。
图10示例性示出本申请实施例提供的又一种集成装置的结构示意图,如图10所示,该示例中,集成装置中包括ECU1(即第一ECU)、ECU2(即第二ECU)和PCB,ECU1中的器件和ECU2中的器件均集成于该PCB。如此,通过将两个ECU中的部件都集成在同一PCB上,相比于集成在两个PCB上的方案来说,能有效减小集成装置的高度。且,该方式还能将所有相关器件的接口都设置在一个PCB单板上,因此还能通过一次压接的方式将部件和PCB上的器件的接口全部连接在一起,从而还有助于简化集成工艺。
示例性地,继续参照图10所示,集成装置中还可以包括支撑架和壳体,支撑架和PCB放置在壳体内,且支撑架的至少一端固定在壳体上。如此,壳体能够起到固定支撑架的作 用,以便依靠壳体的稳固特性,提高固定PCB的稳定性。
示例性地,继续参照图10所示,支撑架位于最顶层,PCB位于最底层且紧贴壳体的下壳。如此,PCB的图示下方一侧可紧靠壳体,因此还能通过壳体增大PCB的散热面积,进一步提高PCB的散热效果。
应理解,上述支撑架和PCB在壳体中的部署方式只是一种示例,支撑架和PCB在壳体中还可以采用其它部署方式。例如,另一种示例中,支撑架位于最低层,PCB位于最顶层,如此,PCB的图示上方一侧可紧靠壳体,因此也能通过壳体增大PCB的散热面积,提高PCB的散热效果。
示例性地,每个ECU中的器件可以包括微控制器,且ECU1中的微控制器通过PCB上的走线连接ECU2中的微控制器,以便实现PCB上的两个ECU之间的通信。
示例性地,继续参照图10所示,ECU1中的器件和ECU2中的器件可以设置于PCB的相对于支撑架的面,如此,ECU1和ECU2中的器件还能通过PCB的同一个面上所设置的走线实现连接,简化PCB上的走线部署方式,降低集成的复杂程度。
示例性地,继续参照图10所示,集成装置中还可以包括阀体,阀体也称为HCU,用于容置受控部件。其中,受控部件可以如图10所示意的包括电机、电磁阀和传感器中的一项或多项,当然还可以包括其它外围器件,具体不作限定。该情况下,每个ECU中的器件可以包括受控部件的驱动器和微控制器,ECU1中的微控制器可以通过PCB上的走线连接ECU1中的受控部件的驱动器,ECU2中的微控制器可以通过PCB上的走线连接ECU2中的受控部件的驱动器,且ECU1中的微控制器和ECU2中的微控制器还可以通过PCB上的走线实现连接,以实现ECU1和ECU2对同一受控部件的联合冗余控制。
示例性地,继续参照图10所示,当受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器时,每个ECU中的器件可以包括电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器、微控制器和传感器的接口,该情况下,PCB上的ECU1中的微控制器可以通过PCB上的走线连接PCB上的ECU1中的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,PCB上的ECU2中的微控制器可以通过PCB上的走线连接PCB上的ECU2中的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口,且PCB上的ECU1中的微控制器还通过PCB上的走线连接PCB上的ECU2中的微控制器。其中,传感器可以包括如图10所示意的包括电机位置传感器、压力传感器和踏板行程传感器,当然还可以包括其它传感器,具体不作限定。该示例中,阀体中的电机、电磁阀和传感器还可以通过引脚插接或通过接口点接在PCB上的ECU1中的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口、以及PCB上的ECU2中的电机的驱动器、电磁阀的驱动器和传感器的接口上。且,支撑架还可以设置在电机、电磁阀和传感器的点接接口或插接接口的图示下方一侧,以便在支撑PCB的同时,同步起到支撑受控部件的目的,以维持受控部件与PCB上的器件的点接或插接的连接稳定性。
进一步示例性地,在实现ECU1和ECU2的联合冗余控制时,传感器的采集信息可以通过传感器的两个引脚分别传输至PCB上的ECU1中的传感器的接口和ECU2中的传感器的接口。假设ECU1是当前用于控制的ECU,则ECU1会获得其传感器的接口接收到的采集信息,并传输给PCB上的ECU1中的微控制器,该微控制器利用采集信息决策出下一步的控制方式。当下一步的控制方式为驱动电机转动时,PCB上的ECU1中的微控制器可以通过PCB上的走线将对应的控制消息发送至PCB上的ECU1中的电机的驱动器,之后由该电机的驱动器传输至电机对应的引脚,以驱动电机转动。同理,当下一步的控制方式为 驱动电磁阀工作时,PCB上的ECU1中的微控制器可以通过PCB上的走线将对应的控制消息发送至PCB上的ECU1中的电磁阀的驱动器,之后由该电磁阀驱动器传输至电磁阀对应的引脚,以驱动电磁阀导通或断开。且,由于ECU2当前并未用于控制,因此即使传感器的采集信息能够达到PCB上的ECU2中的传感器的接口,ECU2也不会接收该采集信息,进而也不会利用该传感器信息执行控制操作。
示例性地,考虑到ECU1中的微控制器和ECU2中的微控制器还需要与集成装置以外的器件进行通信,因此,PCB上还可以设置有第一连接器和第二连接器,ECU1中的微控制器通过第一连接器连接集成装置以外的其它通信单元,ECU2中的微控制器通过第二连接器连接集成装置以外的其它通信单元,以实现与其它通信单元的通信交互。其中,第一连接器和第二连接器的外在呈现可以是接口,接口不限于USB或Type-C等。
采用如图10所示意的集成装置,通过将两个ECU中的部件都集成在同一PCB上,能是集成装置的高度依赖于一个PCB单板的高度,相比于集成在两个PCB上的方案来说,能有效减小集成装置的高度。且,由于所有相关部件的对接接口都设置在一个PCB单板上,因此还能通过一次压接的方式将阀体中的部件接口和PCB上的接口全部连接在一起,从而还有助于简化集成工艺。再者,由于两个ECU中的全部部件都集成在一个PCB上,而该PCB的幅面直接靠近壳体,因此,部件在该PCB上产生的热量可以直接通过壳体传输出去,该种集成方式能具有较好的散热效果。
应理解,上述图8至图10中的ECU1和EUC2仅是用于表示与控制功能相关的电子元器件的集合,并不代表每个ECU都是一个独立的物理装置。且,上述集成装置中的部件可以都位于一个物理装置中,也可以各自构成单独的物理装置,还可以部分部件组合之后构成一个物理装置,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。另外,每个PCB中除了可以包括上述内容所介绍的器件之外,还可以包括其它器件,本申请实施例对此也不作具体限定。
需要说明的是,上述图8至图10所示意的集成装置只是以将受控部件的引脚或端口直接插接或点接在PCB的对应ECU中的部件为例进行介绍的。在实际操作中,如果受控部件的引脚不够长,或者受控部件的引脚和PCB的对应ECU中的部件的端口类型不匹配,则还可以在集成装置中额外设置转接引脚,转接引脚的一端连接PCB的对应ECU中的部件,另一端连接受控部件的引脚或端口,以实现受控部件和对应ECU中的部件之间的顺利通信。
此外,图8至图10只是示例性地给出三种可能的集成方案,在其它示例中,还可以采用其它的集成方案集成两个ECU,例如,还可以设置三个PCB,将ECU1上的大功率器件集成在第一个PCB上,将ECU2上的大功率器件集成在第二个PCB上,将ECU1和ECU2上的小功率器件一起集成在第三个PCB上,该集成方案虽然会增加集成装置的厚度,但可以进一步降低集成大功率器件的PCB的幅面面积和承重,进一步提高集成大功率器件的PCB的散热能力。
且,上述实施例二还可以应用于实施例一,其中,实施例二中的ECU1和ECU2可以对应为实施例一中的第一ECU、第二ECU和冗余ECU中的任意两个。一个可能的示例中,实施例二中的ECU1和ECU2可以对应为实施例一中的第一ECU或第二ECU,实施例二中的ECU2可以对应为实施例一中的冗余ECU,即,实施例二中的集成方案可以作用于实施例一中的第一ECU和冗余ECU,也可以作用于实施例一中的第二ECU和冗余ECU,如此可在制动系统中添加冗余时,进一步提高制动系统的集成度,以进一步降低制动系统 的体积。此外,当集成方案应用于上述实施例一时,阀体在制动系统中也称为制动防抱死系统(anti-lock brake system,ABS)执行机构,内部容置有用于实现制动功能的制动执行器以及与制动相关的传感器,包括但不限于电机、电磁阀、电机位置传感器、压力传感器和踏板行程传感器等。关于其它制动执行器的集成方案可参照上述内容直接实现,此处不再一一赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种接入控制装置,该接入控制装置可以将至少两个ECU接入同一制动执行器,并能对该制动执行器实现灵活的冗余控制。其中,该接入控制装置可以应用于具有制动功能的终端设备,终端设备可以是智能运输设备,诸如汽车、轮船、无人机、火车、货车、卡车等。
下面通过实施例三对该接入控制装置的可能结构和控制逻辑进行详细地介绍。
【实施例三】
图11示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种接入控制装置的结构示意图,如图11所示,该示例中,接入控制装置可以包括ECU1(即第一ECU)、ECU2(即第二ECU)和制动执行器,ECU1和ECU2分别连接制动执行器,并能实现对制动执行器的单独或联合驱动,即,制动执行器可以单独由ECU1进行驱动,也可以单独由ECU2进行驱动,还可以由ECU1和ECU2进行联合驱动。如此,通过将两个ECU接入同一制动执行器,不仅能实现对同一制动执行器的冗余控制,还无需在冗余中额外设置其它的制动执行器,因此有助于在实现冗余控制的同时节省器件数量和成本。
进一步示例性地,ECU1和ECU2中的某一个ECU为默认生效的ECU,假设ECU1,则在ECU1未故障的情况下,接入控制装置默认使用ECU1驱动制动执行器,在ECU1故障的情况下,接入控制装置再切换为ECU2驱动制动执行器,如此可灵活且有序地实现两个ECU对同一制动执行器的冗余控制。
进一步示例性地,制动执行器可以是能实现制动执行功能的任意器件,例如可以包括但不限于电机或电磁阀等。下面分别从电机和电磁阀的角度,介绍具体的接入控制方案。
制动执行器为电机
图12示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种两个ECU接入同一电机的结构示意图,其中,电机中包括转轴、转子和定子,转子包括转子绕组和被转子绕组缠绕的转子铁芯,定子包括定子绕组和被定子绕组缠绕的定子铁芯,定子绕组通常为三相定子绕组。参照图12所示:
一种可能的接入方式中,参照图12中(A)所示,电机中的定子绕组为三相定子绕组,电机中还包括三相定子绕组对应的三个引脚u、v和w,ECU1和ECU2都包含三相交流端口,且这两个ECU的三相交流端口均连接三个引脚u、v和w。在驱动电机转动时,ECU1和ECU2中生效的ECU可以通过自己的三相交流端口向三个引脚u、v和w输入三相交流电,而未生效的ECU不向三个引脚u、v和w输入三相交流电。具体来说,在ECU1为默认生效的ECU的情况下,当ECU1未故障时,ECU1向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电,当ECU1故障时,ECU2向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电。进一步地,由于电机的三相定子绕组中任意两个相邻的定子绕组在相位上相差120度,该相位差使得三相定在绕组在ECU1或ECU2输入的三相交流电的作用下产生一个旋转磁场,该旋转磁场进而切割转子绕组,使得转子绕组中产生感应电流,该感应电流进而在电机转轴上形成电磁转矩,驱动电机旋 转,且电机旋转方向与旋转磁场方向相同。该种接入方式能够复用电机中的三相绕组,而无需额外添加其它的绕组,因此能直接兼容于现有的电机,且还有助于节省成本。
按照图12中(A)所示意的接入方式,通过ECU1和ECU2冗余控制电机的方式有多种,下面以ECU1提供三相交流电为例进行说明,需要说明的是,如下各个冗余控制方式可以单独执行也可以联合执行:
冗余控制方式一:
ECU1在向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与三相定子绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流(比如每个连接线路上设置有检测电阻,ECU1监测每个连接线路上的检测电阻上流过的电流)。当ECU1与三相定子绕组中的某一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1对该相绕组的电信号传输出现问题(可能是ECU与连接线路的端口出现问题、连接线路短路、或连接线路短路等导致的)。该情况下,ECU1可以向ECU2发送补充指示,而ECU2在接收到补充指示后,可以通过ECU2与该相绕组的连接线路,向该相绕组提供补充电信号。可见,该示例能在一个ECU向某个绕组提供电信号的过程出现故障时,通过另一个ECU向该绕组补充电信号,而另外两个绕组上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将全部绕组的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,保证三相电流的准确供给。
冗余控制方式二:
ECU1在向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以监测当前制动需求的紧急程度,在当前制动需求突然变得很紧急时,说明当前需要紧急驱动电机,该情况下,ECU1一方面可以继续向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电,另一方面还可以向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2接收到生效指示后,可以同样向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电。如此,通过两个ECU一起向电机提供三相交流电,能通过两部分三相交流电的强电流驱动,加快电机的驱动速度和驱动力度。
冗余控制方式三:
ECU1在向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以监测所提供的三相交流电的大小变化情况,当发现所提供的三相交流电相比于所发出的三相交流电小很多时,意味着ECU1所发出的三相交流电在中间传输过程中具有较多的损耗,该情况下,ECU1一方面可以继续向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电,另一方面还可以向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2接收到生效指示后,可以同样向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电。如此,通过在一个ECU所提供的三相交流电不足时,通过两个ECU一起向电机提供三相交流电,能通过两部分三相交流电满足电机的驱动需求。
冗余控制方式四:
ECU1在向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与三相定子绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与三相定子绕组中的任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1的驱动过程出现问题,该情况下,ECU1可以停止向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电,并向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2接收到根据生效指示后,可以通过ECU2与三相定子绕组的连接线路,向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电机驱动的准确性。
应理解,上述内容只是示例性介绍四种可能的冗余控制方式,本申请实施例中,还可以对上述任一种方式进行变形,得到其它的冗余控制方式,比如,再一种可能的冗余控制方式中,当ECU1发现当前制动需求突然变得很紧急时,或者发现ECU1所提供的三相交流电相比于所发出的三相交流电小很多时,ECU1也可以停止向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电,并向ECU2发送生效指示,以便及时切换至ECU2驱动电机。可能的冗余驱动方式还有很多,此处不再一一列举。
示例性地,理论上来说,虽然ECU1和ECU2会按照上述冗余控制方式单独或联合向三相定子绕组提供电信号,但是可能还会由于软硬件异常的原因,导致实际电路中某个不应该提供电信号的ECU也会向某个或某些定子绕组提供电信号。该情况下,这个额外提供的电信号显然会影响到电机控制的精度。基于此,一种可选地实施方式中,在ECU1连接三个引脚u、v和w的线路上以及ECU2连接三个引脚u、v和w的线路上,还可以设置有切换电路,切换电路例如可以包括单刀单掷开关、单刀多掷开关或多刀多掷开关等。切换电路可以用于:在使用ECU1向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电时,导通ECU1与三个引脚u、v和w的连线,并断开ECU2与三个引脚u、v和w的连线,以及,在使用ECU2向三相定子绕组提供三相交流电时,导通ECU2与三个引脚u、v和w的连线,并断开ECU1与三个引脚u、v和w的连线。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供三相交流电的ECU也向电机输出三相交流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电机的驱动链路,保证电机只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式一驱动电机时,ECU1还可以在确定与三相定子绕组中的某一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面向ECU2发送补充指示,另一方面还向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路接收到第一切换指示后,可以导通ECU2与该相绕组的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的补充电信号顺利传输至电机的该相绕组。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式二驱动电机时,ECU1还可以在当前制动需求突然变得很紧急时,或者在按照上述冗余驱动方式三驱动电机时,ECU1还可以在发现所提供的三相交流电相比于所发出的三相交流电小很多时,一方面可以向ECU2发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第三切换指示,而切换电路接收到第三切换指示后,可以导通ECU2与三相定子绕组的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的三相交流电顺利传输至电机的三相定子绕组。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式四驱动电机时,ECU1还可以在检测到与三相定子绕组中的任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向ECU2发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路接收到第二切换指示后,可以断开ECU1与三相定子绕组的连接线路,并导通ECU2与三相定子绕组的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的三相交流电顺利传输至电机的三相定子绕组,同时截断由于ECU1故障而仍向三相定子绕组所提供的三相交流电,确保电机驱动的准确性。
另一种可能的接入方式中,参照图12中(B)所示,电机中的定子绕组可以包括两组三相定子绕组,电机中还包括第一组三相定子绕组对应的三个引脚u1、v1和w1、以及第二组三相定子绕组对应的三个引脚u2、v2和w2,ECU1和ECU2都包含三相交流端口,ECU1的三相交流端口连接第一组三相定子绕组对应的三个引脚u1、v1和w1,ECU2的三相交流端口连接第二组三相定子绕组对应的三个引脚u2、v2和w2。在驱动电机转动时, ECU1和ECU中的生效的ECU可以通过自己的三相交流端口向所连接的三个引脚输入三相交流电,具体来说,在ECU1未故障的情况下,ECU1可以通过自己的三相交流端口向三个引脚u1、v1和w1输入三相交流电,该三相交流电通过驱动第一组三相定子绕组产生旋转磁场以驱动电机转轴的转动;在ECU1故障的情况下,ECU2可以通过自己的三相交流端口向三个引脚u2、v2和w2输入三相交流电,该三相交流电驱动第二组三相定子绕组产生旋转磁场以驱动电机转轴的转动。该种接入方式通过在电机中额外添加一组三相绕组,能通过每个ECU对各自对应的三相绕组的电信号,实现对电机的准确驱动,避免某一ECU的电信号对另一ECU的电信号造成干扰。
需要说明的是,在电机中包含两组三相定子绕组时,两组三相定子绕组可以都缠绕在定子铁芯的整个区域,但缠绕在定子铁芯上的方向不同,如此,无论哪组三相定子绕组通电,都能在定子铁芯的整个区域上产生旋转磁场。或者,两组三相定子绕组可以缠绕在定子铁芯的不同区域,例如第一组三相定子绕组和第二组三相定子绕组可以分别缠绕在铁芯的两个半边区域,而至于两个半边区域的大小关系则不作限定,例如可以是对半分,也可以是一边大一边小。又或者,两组三相定子绕组的部分绕组缠绕在定子铁芯的同一区域,另一部分绕组缠绕在定子铁芯的不同区域。可能的实现方式有很多,此处不再一一列举。
按照图12中(B)所示意的接入方式,以ECU1提供三相交流电为例进行说明,ECU1在向第一组三相定子绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与第一组三相定子绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流。当ECU1与第一组三相定子绕组中的某一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1对第一组三相绕组的电信号传输出现问题,该情况下,ECU1可以向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2在接收到生效指示后,可以通过ECU2与第二组三相定子绕组的连接线路,向第二组三相定子绕组提供三相交流电。可见,该示例能在一个ECU向某一组三相定子绕组提供电信号的过程出现故障导致无法驱动电机时,通过另一个ECU向另一组三相定子绕组提供的三相交流电来驱动电机,以在实现电机冗余控制的同时提高切换的及时性。
示例性地,在ECU1连接三个引脚u1、v1和w1的线路上以及ECU2连接三个引脚u2、v2和w2的线路上,还可以设置有切换电路,切换电路例如可以包括单刀单掷开关、单刀多掷开关或多刀多掷开关等。切换电路可以用于:在使用ECU1向第一组三相定子绕组提供三相交流电时,导通ECU1与三个引脚u1、v1和w1的连线,并断开ECU2与三个引脚u2、v2和w2的连线,以及,在使用ECU2向第二组三相定子绕组提供三相交流电时,导通ECU2与三个引脚u2、v2和w2的连线,并断开ECU1与三个引脚u1、v1和w1的连线。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供三相交流电的ECU也向电机输出三相交流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电机的驱动链路,保证电机只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
进一步示例性地,ECU1还可以在检测到与第一组三相定子绕组中的任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向ECU2发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送切换指示,而切换电路接收到切换指示后,可以断开ECU1与三个引脚u1、v1和w1的连接线路,并导通ECU2与三个引脚u2、v2和w2的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的三相交流电能顺利传输至电机的第二组三相定子绕组,同时截断由于ECU1故障而仍向第一组三相定子绕组所提供的三相交流电,确保电机驱动的准确性。
需要说明的是,上述只是示例性介绍两个ECU接入同一电机的两种可能方案,在实 际操作中,两个ECU还能通过其它方式接入同一电机,例如在两组三相定子绕组中,还可以存在一组三相定子绕组中的一个或多个绕组和第二组三相定子绕组中的一个或多个绕组相同,且相同的一个或多个绕组还可以对应同样的一个或多个引脚,该一个或多个引脚同时连接两个ECU中的一个或多个端口,而两个ECU的另外端口连接各自对应的三相定子绕组中的单独的绕组对应的引脚。如此,既能实现两个ECU对同一电机的单独控制,又能节省引脚和绕组的数量,有助于在节省成本的基础上实现冗余接入。关于该部分的具体实现,请参照下文中电磁阀的相关内容,此处先不作具体介绍。
制动执行器为电磁阀
图13示例性示出本申请实施例提供的一种两个ECU接入同一电磁阀的结构示意图,其中:
一种可能的接入方式中,参照图13中(A)所示,电磁阀中包括双线圈和被双线圈缠绕的铁芯,双线圈由两个线圈组成,且电磁阀中还包括双线圈对应的正极引脚(即图中所示意的符号“+”对应的引脚)和负极引脚(即图中所示意的符号“-”对应的引脚),正极引脚连接双线圈的其中一个线圈,负极引脚连接双线圈的另外一个线圈。ECU1和ECU2都包含正极端口和负极端口,ECU1和ECU2的正极端口分别连接双线圈的正极引脚,ECU1和ECU2的负极端口分别连接双线圈的负极引脚。在驱动电磁阀时,ECU1和ECU2中生效的ECU可以通过自己的正极端口和负极端口向双线圈的正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电,而未生效的ECU则不向双线圈的正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电。具体来说,在ECU1未故障的情况下,ECU1可以向所连接的双线圈的正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电,在ECU1故障的情况下,ECU2可以向所连接的双线圈的正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电。如此,双线圈能在所接受到的ECU输出的直流电的作用下产生磁场,该磁场使得双线圈所缠绕的铁芯移动,此时,如果电磁阀是常开阀(常开阀是指在不通电的情况下默认导通在通电的情况下断开的电磁阀),则该电磁阀会在生效的ECU所输入的直流电的作用下断开,如果电磁阀是常闭阀(常闭阀是指在不通电的情况下默认断开在通电的情况下导通的电磁阀),则该电磁阀会在生效的ECU所输入的直流电的作用下导通。该种接入方式能够复用电磁阀中的双线圈实现两个ECU对同一电磁阀的冗余驱动,而无需额外新增其它的线圈,因此不仅能直接兼容于现有的电磁阀,还有助于节省成本。
按照图13中(A)所示意的接入方式,通过ECU1和ECU2冗余控制电磁阀的方式有多种,下面以ECU1提供直流电为例进行说明,需要说明的是,如下各个冗余控制方式可以单独执行也可以联合执行:
冗余控制方式一:
ECU1在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流。当ECU1与双线圈中的某一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1对该线圈的电信号传输出现问题,该情况下,ECU1可以向ECU2发送补充指示,而ECU2在接收到补充指示后,可以通过ECU2与该线圈的连接线路,向该线圈提供补充电信号。可见,该示例能在一个ECU向某个线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障时,通过另一个ECU向该线圈补充电信号,而另外一个线圈上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将全部线圈的电信号提供过程都切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,通过两个ECU联合向电磁阀供给准确的直流电。
冗余控制方式二:
ECU1在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以监测当前制动需求的紧急程度,在当前制动需求突然变得很紧急时,说明当前需要紧急驱动电磁阀,该情况下,ECU1一方面可以继续向双线圈提供直流电,另一方面还可以向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2接收到生效指示后,可以同样向双线圈提供直流电。如此,通过两个ECU一起向电磁阀提供直流电,能通过两部分直流电的强电流驱动,加快电磁阀的驱动速度。
冗余控制方式三:
ECU1在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以监测所提供的直流电的大小变化情况,当发现所提供的直流电相比于所发出的直流电小很多时,意味着ECU1所发出的直流电在中间传输过程中具有较多的损耗,该情况下,ECU1一方面可以继续向双线圈提供直流电,另一方面还可以向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2接收到生效指示后,可以同样向双线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在一个ECU所提供的直流电不足时,通过两个ECU一起向电磁阀提供直流电,能通过两部分直流电满足电磁阀的驱动需求。
冗余控制方式四:
ECU1在向双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与双线圈中的任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1的驱动过程出现问题,该情况下,ECU1可以停止向双线圈提供直流电,并向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2接收到根据生效指示后,可以通过ECU2与双线圈的连接线路,向双线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电磁阀驱动的准确性。
应理解,上述内容只是示例性介绍四种可能的冗余控制方式,本申请实施例中,还可以对上述任一种方式进行变形,得到其它的冗余控制方式,比如,再一种可能的冗余控制方式中,当ECU1发现当前制动需求突然变得很紧急时,或者发现ECU1所提供的直流电相比于所发出的直流电小很多时,ECU1也可以停止向双线圈提供直流电,并向ECU2发送生效指示,以便及时切换至ECU2驱动电磁阀。可能的冗余驱动方式还有很多,此处不再一一列举。
示例性地,在ECU1连接正极引脚和负极引脚的线路上以及ECU2连接正极引脚和负极引脚的线路上,还可以设置有切换电路,切换电路例如可以包括单刀单掷开关、单刀多掷开关或多刀多掷开关等。切换电路可以用于:在使用ECU1向双线圈提供直流电时,导通ECU1与正极引脚和负极引脚的连线,并断开ECU2与正极引脚和负极引脚的连线,以及,在使用ECU2向双线圈提供直流电时,导通ECU2与正极引脚和负极引脚的连线,并断开ECU1与正极引脚和负极引脚的连线。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供直流电的ECU也向电磁阀输出直流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电磁阀的驱动链路,保证电磁阀只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式一驱动电磁阀时,ECU1还可以在确定与双线圈中的某一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面向ECU2发送补充指示,另一方面还向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路接收到第一切换指示后,可以导通ECU2与该线圈的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的补充电信号顺利传输至电磁阀的该线圈。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式二驱动电磁阀时,ECU1还可以在当前制 动需求突然变得很紧急时,或者在按照上述冗余驱动方式三驱动电磁阀时,ECU1还可以在发现所提供的直流电相比于所发出的直流电小很多时,一方面可以向ECU2发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第三切换指示,而切换电路接收到第三切换指示后,可以导通ECU2与双线圈的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的直流电顺利传输至电磁阀的双线圈。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式四驱动电磁阀时,ECU1还可以在检测到与双线圈中的任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向ECU2发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路接收到第二切换指示后,可以断开ECU1与双线圈的连接线路,并导通ECU2与双线圈的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的直流电顺利传输至电磁阀的双线圈,同时截断由于ECU1故障而仍向双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
另一种可能的接入方式中,参照图13中(B)所示,电磁阀中可以包括两组双线圈和被两组双线圈缠绕的铁芯,第一组双线圈中包含第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈,第二组双线圈中包含第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈,电磁阀中还可以包含第一正极引脚(图示最上方的“+”引脚)、第二正极引脚(图示最下方的“+”引脚)和负极引脚,第一正极引脚连接第一组双线圈中的第一正极线圈,第二正极引脚连接第二组双线圈中的第二正极线圈,负极引脚同时连接第一组双线圈中的第一负极线圈和第二组双线圈中的第二负极线圈。ECU1和ECU2都包含正极端口和负极端口,ECU1的负极端口和ECU2的负极端口分别连接电磁阀的负极引脚,ECU1的正极端口连接电磁阀的第一正极引脚,ECU2的正极端口连接电磁阀的第二正极引脚。在控制电磁阀时,ECU1和ECU2中的生效的ECU可以通过自己的正极端口和负极端口向电磁阀的与自己对应的正极引脚和电磁阀的负极引脚输入直流电,而未生效的ECU则不向电磁阀的另一个正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电。具体来说,在ECU1未故障的情况下,ECU1可以向第一正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电,如此,第一组双线圈能在ECU1输出的直流电的作用下产生磁场,该磁场使得双线圈所缠绕的铁芯移动,进而使得属于常开阀的电磁阀通电后断开,或者属于常闭阀的电磁阀通电后导通。或者,在ECU2故障的情况下,ECU2可以向第二正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电,如此,第二组双线圈能在ECU2输出的直流电的作用下产生磁场,该磁场使得双线圈所缠绕的铁芯移动,进而使得属于常开阀的电磁阀通电后断开,或者属于常闭阀的电磁阀通电后导通。在该种接入方式中,通过复用电磁阀中的负极线圈,并单独设置每个ECU对应的正极线圈,既能降低电磁阀设置的复杂性,节省成本,又能尽量降低一个ECU的电信号对另一个ECU驱动的干扰。
需要说明的是,在上述接入方式中,由于电磁阀中的负极引脚会同时连接两组双线圈中的第一负极线圈和第二负极线圈,因此,第一负极线圈和第二负极线圈还可以设置为同一个线圈,统称为负极线圈,如此即可实现两个ECU接入同一电磁阀,又能节省线圈的数量,有助于在节省成本的基础上实现冗余控制。
按照图13中(B)所示意的接入方式,通过ECU1和ECU2冗余控制电磁阀的方式有多种,下面以ECU1提供直流电为例进行说明,需要说明的是,如下各个冗余控制方式可以单独执行也可以联合执行:
冗余控制方式一:
ECU1在向第一组双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与负极线圈的连接 线路上的电流。当ECU1与负极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1对负极线圈的电信号传输出现问题,该情况下,ECU1可以向ECU2发送补充指示,而ECU2在接收到补充指示后,可以通过ECU2与负极线圈的连接线路,向负极线圈提供补充电信号。可见,该示例能在一个ECU向负极线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障时,通过另一个ECU向负极线圈补充电信号,而第一正极线圈上的电信号则仍然可以由原来的ECU提供,也即是说,无需将另一个线圈的电信号提供过程切换到另一个ECU上,如此可通过少量的切换操作,在提高切换稳定性的基础上,保证直流电的准确供给。
冗余控制方式二:
ECU1在向第一组双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与第一正极线圈和负极线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1的驱动过程出现问题,该情况下,ECU1可以停止向第一组双线圈提供直流电,并向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2接收到根据生效指示后,可以通过ECU2与第二组双线圈的连接线路,向第二组双线圈提供直流电。如此,通过在一个ECU的驱动过程出现问题时,及时切换至另一ECU进行驱动,能避免使用存在故障的ECU继续驱动,维持电磁阀驱动的准确性。
示例性地,在ECU1连接第一正极线圈和负极线圈的线路上以及ECU2连接第二正极线圈和负极线圈的线路上,还可以设置有切换电路,切换电路例如可以包括单刀单掷开关、单刀多掷开关或多刀多掷开关等。切换电路可以用于:在使用ECU1向第一组双线圈提供直流电时,导通ECU1与第一正极线圈和负极线圈的连线,并断开ECU2与第二正极线圈和负极线圈的连线,以及,在使用ECU2向第二组双线圈提供直流电时,导通ECU2与第二正极线圈和负极线圈的连线,并断开ECU1与第一正极线圈和负极线圈的连线。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供直流电的ECU也向电磁阀输出直流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电磁阀的驱动链路,保证电磁阀只在另一ECU的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式一驱动电磁阀时,ECU1还可以在确定与负极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面向ECU2发送补充指示,另一方面还向切换电路发送第一切换指示,而切换电路接收到第一切换指示后,可以导通ECU2与正极线圈的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的补充电信号顺利传输至电磁阀的负极线圈。
进一步示例性地,在按照上述冗余驱动方式二驱动电磁阀时,ECU1还可以在检测到与第一组双线圈中的任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面可以向ECU2发送生效指示,另一方面还可以向切换电路发送第二切换指示,而切换电路接收到第二切换指示后,可以断开ECU1与第一组双线圈的连接线路,并导通ECU2与第二组双线圈的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的直流电顺利传输至电磁阀的第二组双线圈,同时截断由于ECU1故障而仍向第一组双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
需要说明的是,还可以对上述图13中(B)所示意的结构进行一些变形,得到其它的接入方案。例如,再一种接入方案中,电磁阀中还可以包含第一负极线圈、第二负极线圈和正极线圈,ECU1连接正极线圈和第一负极线圈,ECU2连接正极线圈和第二负极线圈,以便通过共正极线圈的方式,在减少线圈数量的同时实现冗余控制。具体的冗余实现过程可直接参照上述共负极线圈的冗余实现方式,此处不再一一重复赘述。
再一种可能的接入方式中,参照图13中(C)所示,电磁阀中包括两组双线圈和被两 组双线圈缠绕的铁芯,第一组双线圈中包含第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈,第二组双线圈中包含第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈,电磁阀中还可以包含两个正极引脚和两个负极引脚,其中一个正极引脚和一个负极引脚连接第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈,另一个正极引脚和另一个负极引脚连接第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈。ECU1和ECU2都包含正极端口和负极端口,ECU1的正极端口和负极端口连接第一组双线圈对应的正极引脚和负极引脚,ECU2的正极端口和负极端口连接第二组双线圈对应的正极引脚和负极引脚。在控制电磁阀时,ECU1和ECU2中的生效的ECU可以通过自己的正极端口和负极端口向电磁阀的与自己对应的正极引脚和负极引脚输入直流电,未生效的ECU则不向电磁阀的另一个正极引脚和另一个负极引脚输入直流电。具体来说,在ECU1未故障的情况下,ECU1向第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈输入直流电,以便使第一组双线圈能在ECU1所输出的直流电的作用下产生磁场,驱动第一组双线圈所缠绕的铁芯移动,进而使得属于常开阀的电磁阀通电后断开,或者属于常闭阀的电磁阀通电后导通。或者,在ECU1故障的情况下,ECU2向第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈输入直流电,以便使第二组双线圈能在ECU2所输出的直流电的作用下产生磁场,驱动第二组双线圈所缠绕的铁芯移动,进而使得属于常开阀的电磁阀通电后断开,或者属于常闭阀的电磁阀通电后导通。采用该种接入方式,通过在电磁阀中额外添加一组双线圈,能通过每个ECU对各自对应的双线圈的电信号,实现对电磁阀的准确驱动,避免某一ECU的电信号对另一ECU的电信号造成干扰。
需要说明的是,在电磁阀中包含两组双线圈时,两组双线圈可以都缠绕在铁芯的整个区域,但缠绕在铁芯上的方向不同,如此,无论哪组双线圈通电,都能在铁芯的整个区域上产生磁场。或者,两组双线圈可以缠绕在铁芯的不同区域,例如第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈可以分别缠绕在铁芯的两个半边区域,而至于两个半边区域的大小关系则不作限定,例如可以是对半分,也可以是一边大一边小。又或者,两组双线圈的部分线圈缠绕在铁芯的同一区域,另一部分线圈缠绕在铁芯的不同区域。可能的实现方式有很多,此处不再一一列举。
按照图13中(C)所示意的接入方式,以ECU1提供直流电为例进行说明,ECU1在向第一组双线圈提供直流电的过程中,还可以检测ECU1与第一组双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流。当ECU1与第一组双线圈中的某一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,说明ECU1对第一组双线圈的电信号传输出现问题,该情况下,ECU1可以向ECU2发送生效指示,而ECU2在接收到生效指示后,可以通过ECU2与第二组双线圈的连接线路,向第二组双线圈提供直流电。可见,该示例能在一个ECU向某一组双线圈提供电信号的过程出现故障导致无法驱动电磁阀时,通过另一个ECU向另一组双线圈提供的直流电来驱动电磁阀,以便实现电磁阀冗余控制的同时提高切换的及时性。
示例性地,在ECU1连接第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈的线路上以及ECU2连接第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈的线路上,还可以设置有切换电路,切换电路例如可以包括单刀单掷开关、单刀多掷开关或多刀多掷开关等。切换电路可以用于:在使用ECU1向第一组双线圈提供直流电时,导通ECU1与第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈的连线,并断开ECU2与第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈的连线,以及,在使用ECU2向第二组双线圈提供直流电时,导通ECU2与第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈的连线,并断开ECU1与第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈的连线。如此,即使某一个原本不应该提供直流电的ECU也向电磁阀输出直流电,也能通过切换电路切断该ECU对电磁阀的驱动链路,保证电磁阀只在另一ECU 的驱动下工作,有效提高冗余控制的准确性。
进一步示例性地,ECU1还可以在检测到与第一组双线圈中的任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,一方面向ECU2发送生效指示,另一方面还向切换电路发送切换指示,而切换电路接收到切换指示后,可以断开ECU1与第一正极线圈和第一负极线圈的连接线路,并导通ECU2与第二正极线圈和第二负极线圈的连接线路,以便使ECU2所提供的直流电能顺利传输至电磁阀的第二组双线圈,同时截断由于ECU1故障而仍向第一组双线圈所提供的直流电,确保电磁阀驱动的准确性。
在上述实施例三中,通过将两个ECU接入同一制动执行器,不仅能实现对同一制动执行器的冗余控制,还无需在冗余中额外设置其它的制动执行器,因此有助于在实现冗余控制的同时节省器件数量和成本。根据本申请实施例提供的方案,本申请还提供一种控制方法,该控制方法用于两个ECU冗余控制同一制动执行器,具体实现流程可参照上述实施例三中的ECU1和ECU2。
根据本申请实施例提供的方案,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述控制方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的方案,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述控制方法。
根据本申请实施例提供的方案,本申请还提供一种终端设备,包括如上述实施例一所示意的制动系统,或包括如上述实施例二所示意的集成装置,或包括如上述实施例三所示意的接入控制装置。
示例性地,终端设备可以是智能家居设备(包括但不限于电视、扫地机器人、智能台灯、音响系统、智能照明系统、电器控制系统、家庭背景音乐、家庭影院系统、对讲系统、视频监控等)、智能运输设备(包括但不限于汽车、轮船、无人机、火车、货车、卡车等)、智能制造设备(包括但不限于机器人、工业设备、智能物流、智能工厂等)、计算机设备(包括但不限于台式机、个人计算机、服务器等)、便携式电子设备(包括但不限于手机、平板电脑、掌上电脑、耳机、音响、穿戴设备(如智能手表)、车载设备、虚拟现实设备、增强现实设备等)。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在两个或更多个计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用 和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (52)

  1. 一种制动系统,其特征在于,包括:
    油壶、主缸模块、制动踏板、推杆、第一压力控制单元、第二压力控制单元、第一电子控制单元ECU、第二ECU和冗余ECU;
    所述制动踏板通过所述推杆连接所述主缸模块,所述油壶、所述主缸模块、所述第一压力控制单元和所述第二压力控制单元依次通过油路连接,且所述第二压力控制单元还通过油路连接被制动轮;
    所述第一ECU,用于控制所述第一压力控制单元中的制动执行器;
    所述第二ECU,用于控制所述第二压力控制单元中的制动执行器;
    所述冗余ECU,用于控制所述第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器,和/或,控制所述第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器;
    所述第一压力控制单元和所述第二压力控制单元,用于在所述第一ECU、所述第二ECU和所述冗余ECU中的至少一个ECU的控制下,单独或联合完成对所述被制动轮的制动操作。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的制动系统,其特征在于,所述冗余ECU控制所述第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的情况下:
    所述第一ECU未失效时,使用所述第一ECU控制所述第一压力控制单元中的制动执行器,所述第一ECU失效时,使用所述冗余ECU控制所述第一压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器。
  3. 如权利要求2所述的制动系统,其特征在于,
    所述第一压力控制单元,用于在所述第一ECU或所述冗余ECU的控制下,完成对所述被制动轮的基础制动操作或自动紧急刹车操作;
    所述第二压力控制单元,用于在所述第二ECU的控制下,完成对所述被制动轮的防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作或电子稳定性控制操作;
    所述第一压力控制单元和所述第二压力控制单元,用于在所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU、或者所述冗余ECU和所述第二ECU的控制下,完成对所述被制动轮的基础制动操作、自动紧急刹车操作、防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作、电子稳定性控制操作、自适应巡航控制操作或附加制动操作。
  4. 如权利要求1所述的制动系统,其特征在于,所述冗余ECU控制所述第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的情况下:
    所述第二ECU未失效时,使用所述第二ECU控制所述第二压力控制单元中的制动执行器,所述第二ECU失效时,使用所述冗余ECU控制所述第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的制动系统,其特征在于,所述冗余ECU控制所述第二压力控制单元中的至少一个制动执行器的情况下:
    所述第一压力控制单元,用于在所述第一ECU的控制下,完成对所述被制动轮的基础制动操作或自动紧急刹车操作;
    所述第二压力控制单元,用于在所述第二ECU或所述冗余ECU的控制下,完成对所述被制动轮的防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作或电子稳定性控制操作;
    所述第一压力控制单元和所述第二压力控制单元,用于在所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU、或者所述第一ECU和所述冗余ECU的控制下,完成对所述车轮的基础制动操作、自动紧急刹车操作、防抱死制动操作、牵引力控制操作、电子稳定性控制操作、自适应巡航控制操作或附加制动操作。
  6. 如权利要求1至5中任一项所述的制动系统,其特征在于,所述主缸模块集成在所述第一压力控制单元内,或者所述主缸模块独立于所述第一压力控制单元。
  7. 如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的制动系统,其特征在于,所述制动执行器包括电机和/或电磁阀。
  8. 一种集成装置,其特征在于,包括:
    第一ECU、第二ECU、第一印刷电路板PCB、第二PCB和板间连接器;
    所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU中的功率大于功率阈值的第一类型器件设置于所述第一PCB,所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU中的功率不大于所述功率阈值的第二类型器件设置于所述第二PCB,且所述第一PCB上的任一ECU中的第一类型器件通过所述板间连接器连接所述第二PCB上的所述ECU中的第二类型器件。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括支撑架,所述第一PCB和所述第二PCB通过所述支撑架固定连接。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的装置,其特征在于,所述支撑架位于最顶层,所述第二PCB位于最底层,所述第一PCB位于所述支撑架和所述第二PCB的中间,且所述第一PCB上开孔,所述支撑架穿过所述开孔固定连接所述第一PCB和所述第二PCB。
  11. 如权利要求10所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一类型器件设置于所述第一PCB的相对于所述支撑架的面,所述第二类型器件设置于所述第二PCB的相对于所述第一PCB的面。
  12. 如权利要求9至11中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括壳体,所述支撑架、所述第一PCB和所述第二PCB放置在所述壳体内,且所述支撑架的至少一端固定在所述壳体上。
  13. 如权利要求8至12中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二PCB的幅面面积小于所述第一PCB的幅面面积。
  14. 如权利要求8至13中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括阀体,所述阀体用于容置受控部件;
    任一ECU中的第一类型器件包括所述受控部件的驱动器,任一ECU中的第二类型器件包括微控制器;且,
    所述第一ECU中的微控制器和所述第二ECU中的微控制器通过所述第二PCB上的走线实现连接。
  15. 如权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器;
    任一ECU中的第一类型器件包括所述电机的驱动器和所述电磁阀的驱动器,任一所述ECU中的第二类型器件包括所述微控制器和所述传感器的接口。
  16. 一种集成装置,其特征在于,包括:
    第一ECU、第二ECU、第一PCB、第二PCB和支撑架,所述第一PCB和所述第二PCB通过所述支撑架固定连接;
    所述第一ECU中的器件设置于所述第一PCB,所述第二ECU中的器件设置于所述第二PCB。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括板间连接器;
    任一ECU中的器件包括微控制器;且,
    所述第一ECU中的微控制器通过所述板间连接器连接所述第二ECU中的微控制器。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括阀体,所述阀体用于容置受控部件;
    任一ECU中的器件还包括所述受控部件的驱动器;
    所述第一ECU中的微控制器通过所述第一PCB上的走线连接所述第一ECU中的受控部件的驱动器;
    所述第二ECU中的微控制器通过所述第二PCB上的走线连接所述第二ECU中的受控部件的驱动器。
  19. 如权利要求17或18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器;
    任一ECU中的器件还包括所述电机的驱动器、所述电磁阀的驱动器和所述传感器的接口。
  20. 如权利要求16至19中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括壳体,所述支撑架、所述第一PCB和所述第二PCB放置在所述壳体内,且所述支撑架的至少一端固定在所述壳体上。
  21. 如权利要求16至20中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述支撑架位于最顶层,所述第二PCB位于最底层,所述第一PCB位于所述支撑架和所述第二PCB的中间,且所述第一PCB上开孔,所述支撑架穿过所述开孔固定连接所述第一PCB和所述第二PCB。
  22. 如权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一ECU中的器件设置于所述第一PCB的相对于所述支撑架的面,所述第二ECU中的器件设置于所述第二PCB的相对于所述第一PCB的面。
  23. 一种集成装置,其特征在于,包括:
    第一电子控制单元ECU、第二ECU和印刷电路板PCB;
    所述第一ECU中的器件和所述第二ECU中的器件集成于所述PCB。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,任一所述ECU中的器件包括微控制器,且所述第一ECU中的微控制器通过所述PCB上的走线连接所述第二ECU中的微控制器。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括阀体,所述阀体用于容置受控部件;
    任一所述ECU中的器件还包括所述受控部件的驱动器,且所述ECU中的微控制器通过所述PCB上的走线连接所述ECU中的受控部件的驱动器。
  26. 如权利要求24或25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述受控部件包括电机、电磁阀和传感器;
    任一所述ECU中的器件还包括所述电机的驱动器和所述电磁阀的驱动器和所述传感器的接口。
  27. 如权利要求23至26中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括支撑架和壳体,所述支撑架和所述PCB放置在所述壳体内,且所述支撑架的至少一端固定在所述壳体上。
  28. 如权利要求27中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述支撑架位于最顶层,所述PCB位于最底层且紧贴壳体的下壳。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一ECU中的器件和所述第二ECU中的器件设置于所述PCB的相对于所述支撑架的面。
  30. 一种接入控制装置,其特征在于,包括:
    第一电子控制单元ECU、第二ECU和制动执行器,所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU分别连接所述制动执行器;
    所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU,用于单独或联合驱动所述制动执行器。
  31. 如权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述制动执行器包括电机,所述电机包括三相绕组,所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU通过线路分别连接所述三相绕组;
    所述第一ECU为默认生效的ECU:
    所述第一ECU未故障的情况下,使用所述第一ECU向所述三相绕组提供三相交流电;
    所述第一ECU故障的情况下,使用所述第二ECU向所述三相绕组提供三相交流电。
  32. 如权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与所述三相绕组中的第一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送补充指示;所述第一相绕组为所述三相绕组中的任一相绕组;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述补充指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述第一相绕组的连接线路,向所述第一相绕组提供补充电信号。
  33. 如权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述三相绕组的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述三相绕组的连接线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于:在与所述第一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述切换电路发送第一切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于:根据所述第一切换指示,断开所述第一ECU与所述第一相绕组的连接线路,以及导通所述第二ECU与所述第一相绕组的连接线路。
  34. 如权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与所述三相绕组中的任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向所述三相绕组提供三相交流电;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述生效指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述三相绕组的连接线路,向所述三相绕组提供三相交流电。
  35. 如权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述三相绕组的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述三相绕组的连接线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于:在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送第二切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于:根据所述第二切换指示,断开所述第一ECU与所述三相绕组 的连接线路,以及导通所述第二ECU与所述三相绕组的连接线路。
  36. 如权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述制动执行器包括电机,所述电机包括第一组三相绕组和第二组三相绕组,所述第一ECU通过线路连接所述第一组三相绕组,所述第二ECU通过线路连接所述第二组三相绕组;
    所述第一ECU为默认生效的ECU:
    所述第一ECU未故障的情况下,使用所述第一ECU向所述第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电;
    所述第一ECU故障的情况下,使用所述第二ECU向所述第二组三相绕组提供三相交流电。
  37. 如权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述第一组三相绕组中的每相绕组的连接线路上的电流,在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向所述第一组三相绕组提供三相交流电;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述生效指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述第二组三相绕组的连接线路,向所述第二组三相绕组提供三相交流电。
  38. 如权利要求36或37所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述第一组三相绕组的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述第二组三相绕组的连接线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于:在与任一相绕组的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述切换电路发送切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于:根据所述切换指示,断开所述第一ECU与所述第一组三相绕组的连接线路,以及导通所述第二ECU与所述第二组三相绕组的连接线路。
  39. 如权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述制动执行器包括电磁阀,所述电磁阀包括双线圈,所述第一ECU和所述第二ECU通过线路分别连接所述双线圈;
    所述第一ECU为默认生效的ECU:
    所述第一ECU未故障的情况下,使用所述第一ECU向所述双线圈提供直流电;
    所述第一ECU故障的情况下,使用所述第二ECU向所述双线圈提供直流电。
  40. 如权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述双线圈提供直流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与所述双线圈中的第一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送补充指示;所述第一线圈为所述双线圈中的任一个线圈;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述补充指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述第一线圈的连接线路,向所述第一线圈提供补充电信号。
  41. 如权利要求40所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述双线圈的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述双线圈的连接线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于:在与所述第一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述切换电路发送第一切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于:根据所述第一切换指示,断开所述第一ECU与所述第一线圈 的连接线路,以及导通所述第二ECU与所述第一线圈的连接线路。
  42. 如权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述双线圈提供直流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向所述双线圈提供直流电;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述生效指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述双线圈的连接线路,向所述双线圈提供直流电。
  43. 如权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述双线圈的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述双线圈的线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于:在与任一线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述切换电路发送第二切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于根据所述第二切换指示,导通所述第二ECU与所述双线圈的连接线路,并断开所述第一ECU向所述双线圈的连接线路。
  44. 如权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述制动执行器包括电磁阀,所述电磁阀包括第一正极线圈、第二正极线圈和负极线圈,所述第一ECU通过线路连接所述第一正极线圈和所述负极线圈,所述第二ECU通过线路连接所述第二正极线圈和所述负极线圈;
    所述第一ECU为默认生效的ECU:
    所述第一ECU未故障的情况下,使用所述第一ECU向所述第一正极线圈和所述负极线圈提供直流电;
    所述第一ECU故障的情况下,使用所述第二ECU向所述第二正极线圈和所述负极线圈提供直流电。
  45. 如权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述第一正极线圈和所述负极线圈提供直流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与所述负极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送补充指示;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述补充指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路,向所述负极线圈提供电信号。
  46. 如权利要求45所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述第一正极线圈的连接线路、所述第一ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路、所述第二ECU与所述第二正极线圈的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于:在与所述第一正极线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述切换电路发送第一切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于:根据所述第一切换指示,断开所述第一ECU与所述第一正极线圈的连接线路,并导通所述第二ECU与所述第二正极线圈的连接线路。
  47. 如权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述第一正极线圈和所述负极线圈提供直流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述第一正极线圈和所述负极线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送生效指示,并停 止向所述第一正极线圈和所述负极线圈提供直流电;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述生效指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述第二正极线圈和所述负极线圈的连接线路,向所述第二正极线圈和所述负极线圈提供直流电。
  48. 如权利要求47所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述第一正极线圈的连接线路、所述第一ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路、所述第二ECU与所述第二正极线圈的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于:在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述切换电路发送第二切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于根据所述第二切换指示,导通所述第二ECU与所述第二正极线圈的连接线路和所述第二ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路,并断开所述第一ECU与所述第一正极线圈的连接线路和所述第一ECU与所述负极线圈的连接线路。
  49. 如权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述制动执行器包括电磁阀,所述电磁阀包括第一组双线圈和第二组双线圈,所述第一ECU通过线路连接所述第一组双线圈,所述第二ECU通过线路连接所述第二组双线圈;
    所述第一ECU为默认生效的ECU:
    所述第一ECU未故障的情况下,使用所述第一ECU向所述第一组双线圈提供直流电;
    所述第一ECU故障的情况下,使用所述第二ECU向所述第二组双线圈提供直流电。
  50. 如权利要求49所述的装置,其特征在于,
    所述第一ECU,用于在向所述第一组双线圈提供直流电的过程中,检测所述第一ECU与所述第一组双线圈中的每个线圈的连接线路上的电流,在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述第二ECU发送生效指示,并停止向所述第一组双线圈提供直流电;
    所述第二ECU,用于根据所述生效指示,通过所述第二ECU与所述第二组双线圈的连接线路,向所述第二组双线圈提供直流电。
  51. 如权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括切换电路,所述切换电路设置在所述第一ECU与所述第一组双线圈的连接线路、以及所述第二ECU与所述第二组双线圈的连接线路上;
    所述第一ECU,还用于在与任一个线圈的连接线路上的电流小于阈值时,向所述切换电路发送切换指示;
    所述切换电路,用于根据所述切换指示,导通所述第二ECU与所述第二组双线圈的连接线路,并断开所述第一ECU向所述第一组双线圈的连接线路。
  52. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的制动系统,或者包括如权利要求8-15中任一项、或16-22中任一项、或23-29中任一项所述的集成装置,或者包括如权利要求30-51中任一项所述的接入控制装置。
PCT/CN2021/132875 2021-11-24 2021-11-24 一种制动系统及装置 Ceased WO2023092347A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21965085.0A EP4427992A4 (en) 2021-11-24 2021-11-24 BRAKE SYSTEM AND APPARATUS
JP2024531323A JP2024541511A (ja) 2021-11-24 2021-11-24 ブレーキシステム及び装置
CN202180007720.9A CN116490411A (zh) 2021-11-24 2021-11-24 一种制动系统及装置
PCT/CN2021/132875 WO2023092347A1 (zh) 2021-11-24 2021-11-24 一种制动系统及装置
US18/672,249 US20240359669A1 (en) 2021-11-24 2024-05-23 Brake System and Apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/132875 WO2023092347A1 (zh) 2021-11-24 2021-11-24 一种制动系统及装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/672,249 Continuation US20240359669A1 (en) 2021-11-24 2024-05-23 Brake System and Apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023092347A1 true WO2023092347A1 (zh) 2023-06-01

Family

ID=86538679

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/132875 Ceased WO2023092347A1 (zh) 2021-11-24 2021-11-24 一种制动系统及装置

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20240359669A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4427992A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP2024541511A (zh)
CN (1) CN116490411A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023092347A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230356701A1 (en) * 2022-05-04 2023-11-09 Hl Mando Corporation Electronic brake system and control method thereof

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BR112023001707A2 (pt) * 2020-07-31 2023-04-04 New York Air Brake Llc Diagnóstico de fluxo excessivo do tubo de freio do trem
EP4320018A1 (de) * 2021-04-07 2024-02-14 Heinz Leiber Ausfallsicheres bremssystem
EP4190650B1 (en) * 2021-12-02 2024-09-11 BWI (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Electronic stability control-based brake actuation with redundancy
US20250145128A1 (en) * 2022-01-27 2025-05-08 Hl Mando Corporation Brake device and control method therefor
DE102022212915A1 (de) * 2022-11-30 2024-06-06 Robert Bosch Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung Hydraulische Bremsanlage eines Fahrzeugs, Fahrzeug, Verfahren zum Betreiben einer hydraulischen Bremsanlage eines Fahrzeugs
KR20240173023A (ko) * 2023-06-02 2024-12-10 현대자동차주식회사 배출 공기를 재사용하는 공기 관리 시스템 및 공기 관리 방법

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6513885B1 (en) * 1999-05-14 2003-02-04 Hydro-Aire, Inc. Dual redundant active/active brake-by-wire architecture
CN103747662A (zh) * 2014-01-22 2014-04-23 苏州工业园区驿力机车科技有限公司 风机控制器
CN205871955U (zh) * 2016-07-25 2017-01-11 成都云科新能汽车技术有限公司 散热良好的新能源汽车整车控制器
CN110550008A (zh) * 2018-05-30 2019-12-10 株式会社万都 电子制动系统
CN113525317A (zh) * 2020-04-22 2021-10-22 芜湖伯特利电子控制系统有限公司 一种适用于自动驾驶的制动系统及控制方法
CN113665555A (zh) * 2021-09-24 2021-11-19 中国第一汽车股份有限公司 一种冗余制动系统及车辆

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102015206572A1 (de) * 2014-05-15 2015-11-19 Continental Teves Ag & Co. Ohg Bremsanlage für Kraftfahrzeuge
CN110546049A (zh) * 2017-03-31 2019-12-06 日信工业株式会社 车辆用制动系统
JP7141297B2 (ja) * 2018-10-03 2022-09-22 日立Astemo株式会社 車両制御装置および車両制御システム
JP6606780B1 (ja) * 2018-10-09 2019-11-20 三菱電機株式会社 車両用電動制動装置およびその制御方法
WO2020128080A1 (de) * 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Ipgate Ag Redundantes bremssystem mit einer druckversorgung für e-fahrzeuge und fahrzeuge mit autonomem fahren der stufe 3 (had) bis stufe 4 (fad)
JP7101307B2 (ja) * 2019-03-26 2022-07-14 日立Astemo株式会社 ブレーキ制御装置
KR102666376B1 (ko) * 2019-06-14 2024-05-17 현대모비스 주식회사 차량용 제동장치
JP7269160B2 (ja) * 2019-11-29 2023-05-08 日立Astemo株式会社 ブレーキ制御装置
CN211995537U (zh) * 2019-12-16 2020-11-24 宁波拓普集团股份有限公司 一种带冗余模块电控制动助力系统

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6513885B1 (en) * 1999-05-14 2003-02-04 Hydro-Aire, Inc. Dual redundant active/active brake-by-wire architecture
CN103747662A (zh) * 2014-01-22 2014-04-23 苏州工业园区驿力机车科技有限公司 风机控制器
CN205871955U (zh) * 2016-07-25 2017-01-11 成都云科新能汽车技术有限公司 散热良好的新能源汽车整车控制器
CN110550008A (zh) * 2018-05-30 2019-12-10 株式会社万都 电子制动系统
CN113525317A (zh) * 2020-04-22 2021-10-22 芜湖伯特利电子控制系统有限公司 一种适用于自动驾驶的制动系统及控制方法
CN113665555A (zh) * 2021-09-24 2021-11-19 中国第一汽车股份有限公司 一种冗余制动系统及车辆

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP4427992A4 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20230356701A1 (en) * 2022-05-04 2023-11-09 Hl Mando Corporation Electronic brake system and control method thereof
US12365321B2 (en) * 2022-05-04 2025-07-22 Hl Mando Corporation Electronic brake system and control method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20240359669A1 (en) 2024-10-31
CN116490411A (zh) 2023-07-25
EP4427992A1 (en) 2024-09-11
JP2024541511A (ja) 2024-11-08
EP4427992A4 (en) 2025-08-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240359669A1 (en) Brake System and Apparatus
US10864899B2 (en) System and method for parking control of vehicle
CN100409123C (zh) 用于汽车中对安全严格的应用的多芯冗余控制计算机系统、计算机网络及其使用
CN112739593B (zh) 汽车的驻车制动系统、汽车及其控制方法
KR102247401B1 (ko) 브레이크 작동 유닛
US9873414B2 (en) Parking brake system for a vehicle
CN109733460B (zh) 冗余电子转向制动系统
CN111942349B (zh) 适用于自动驾驶的制动冗余备份系统及制动方法
US20240174207A1 (en) Hydraulic Apparatus, Brake System, and Vehicle
KR20220124795A (ko) 전자식 주차 브레이크 시스템의 제어장치
CN105799682B (zh) 制动系统、用于运行的方法
US9840148B2 (en) Control system for at least one electric motor, usable as a generator, of a vehicle; and braking system for a vehicle
KR20220120230A (ko) 통합 전자제동장치 및 그 제어방법
WO2026076995A1 (zh) 一种车辆协同制动的控制方法、系统、设备及车辆
CN214450874U (zh) 一种电子驻车控制系统
CN211075855U (zh) 一种应用于机动车的电子驻车及p档驻车控制系统
KR102777758B1 (ko) 제동 성능 안정성 확보 시스템
CN113830040A (zh) 一种电子驻车控制系统及其控制方法
KR102688517B1 (ko) 전자식 주차 브레이크 시스템의 제어장치
CN119968298A (zh) 一种制动系统、控制方法及装置
CN212313519U (zh) 应用于无人驾驶车辆的制动系统
WO2024065714A1 (zh) 一种制动系统、液压装置及控制方法
CN115303246A (zh) 自动驾驶汽车独立制动回路
CN110435622A (zh) 一种应用于机动车的电子驻车及p档驻车控制系统
US12630140B2 (en) Control unit of electronic parking brake system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180007720.9

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21965085

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2024531323

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2021965085

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021965085

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20240603

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE